Morgan Stanley (MS) 10-Q 2024 Q3 Quarterly report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2024

Commission File Number 1-11758

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	1585 Broadway			36-3145972	(212)	761-4000
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	New York,	NY	10036	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
	(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	MS	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating Rate	MS/PA	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate	MS/PE	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate	MS/PF	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate	MS/PI	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate	MS/PK	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 4.875%	MS/PL	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series L, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 4.250%	MS/PO	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series O, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 6.500%	MS/PP	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series P, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 6.625%	MS/PQ	New York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series Q, $0.01 par value
Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Fixed Rate Step-Up Senior Notes Due 2026	MS/26C	New York Stock Exchange
of Morgan Stanley Finance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)
Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Floating Rate Notes Due 2029	MS/29	New York Stock Exchange
of Morgan Stanley Finance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.         ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No ☒

As of October 31, 2024, there were 1,611,035,579 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

Table of Contents

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended September 30, 2024

Table of Contents		Part	Item	Page
Financial Information		I
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		I	2	4
Introduction				4
Executive Summary				5
Business Segments				10
Institutional Securities				11
Wealth Management				14
Investment Management				17
Supplemental Financial Information				19
Accounting Development Updates				19
Critical Accounting Estimates				19
Liquidity and Capital Resources				20
Balance Sheet				20
Regulatory Requirements				24
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk		I	3	29
Market Risk				29
Credit Risk				31
Country and Other Risks				37
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm				39
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes		I	1	40
Consolidated Income Statement (Unaudited)				40
Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement (Unaudited)				40
Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited at September 30, 2024)				41
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity (Unaudited)				42
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Unaudited)				43
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)				44
1.	Introduction and Basis of Presentation			44
2.	Significant Accounting Policies			45
3.	Cash and Cash Equivalents			45
4.	Fair Values			45
5.	Fair Value Option			51
6.	Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities			52
7.	Investment Securities			56
8.	Collateralized Transactions			58
9.	Loans, Lending Commitments and Related Allowance for Credit Losses			59
10.	Other Assets			63
11.	Deposits			64
12.	Borrowings and Other Secured Financings			64
13.	Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies			64
14.	Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities			69
15.	Regulatory Requirements			71
16.	Total Equity			73
17.	Interest Income and Interest Expense			75
18.	Income Taxes			75
19.	Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information			76
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)				79
Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms				80
Controls and Procedures		I	4	81
Other Information		II
Legal Proceedings		II	1	81
Risk Factors		II	1A	81
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds		II	2	81
Other Information		II	5	81
Exhibits		II	6	81
Signatures				81

2

Table of Contents

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website.

Our website is www.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s website, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance, our sustainability initiatives at www.morganstanley.com/about-us/sustainability-at-morgan-stanley, and our commitment to diversity and inclusion at www.morganstanley.com/about-us/diversity. Our webpages include:

•Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

•Amended and Restated Bylaws;

•Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Governance and Sustainability Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

•Corporate Governance Policies;

•Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

•Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

•Equity Ownership Commitment;

•Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

•Code of Conduct;

•Integrity Hotline Information;

•Environmental and Social Policies; and

•2023 ESG Report.

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our website. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

3

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions. Wealth Management covers: financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes certain metrics that we believe to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an additional means of assessing, our financial condition and operating results. Such metrics, when used, are defined and may be different from or inconsistent with metrics used by other companies.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; risk factors; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; and other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” in the 2023 Form 10-K and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

4 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results—Three Months Ended September 30, 2024

•The Firm reported net revenues of $15.4 billion, reflecting strong results across our business segments.

•The Firm delivered ROE of 13.1% and ROTCE of 17.5% for the third quarter, and ROE of 13.5% and ROTCE of 18.2% for the year-to-date (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

•The Firm’s expense efficiency ratio was 72% for both the third quarter and year-to-date, benefiting from our scale and disciplined expense management while maintaining strong infrastructure to support ongoing growth.

•The Firm accreted $2.1 billion of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. At September 30, 2024, the Firm’s Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.1%.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $6.8 billion reflect strong performance in Equity and Fixed Income on higher client activity and in Investment Banking on higher underwriting revenues.

•Wealth Management delivered a pre-tax margin of 28.3%. Net revenues of $7.3 billion reflect higher Asset management and Transactional revenues. The business added net new assets of $64 billion in the third quarter and total client assets reached $6 trillion as of September 30, 2024. Fee-based asset flows were $36 billion for the current quarter and total fee-based assets reached $2.3 trillion as of September 30, 2024.

•Investment Management results reflect net revenues of $1.5 billion, primarily driven by increased asset management revenues on higher average AUM. The quarter included positive long-term net flows of $7 billion and end-of-period AUM of $1.6 trillion.

Net Revenues

($ in millions)

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley

($ in millions)

Earnings per Diluted Common Share

We reported net revenues of $15.4 billion in the quarter ended September 30, 2024 (“current quarter,” or “3Q 2024”), which increased by 16% compared with $13.3 billion in the quarter ended September 30, 2023 (“prior year quarter,” or “3Q 2023”). Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $3.2 billion in the current quarter, which increased by 32% compared with $2.4 billion in the prior year quarter. Diluted earnings per common share was $1.88, which increased by 36% compared with $1.38 in the prior year quarter.

We reported net revenues of $45.5 billion in the nine months ended September 30, 2024 (“current year period,” or “YTD 2024”), which increased by 10% compared with $41.2 billion in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 (“prior year period,” or “YTD 2023”). Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $9.7 billion in the current year period, which increased by 28%, compared with $7.6 billion in the prior year period. Diluted earnings per common share was $5.73, which increased by 32% compared with $4.33 in the prior year period.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 5

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest Expenses

($ in millions)

•Compensation and benefits expenses of $6,733 million in the current quarter increased 13% from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher expenses related to certain employee deferred cash-based compensation plans linked to investment performance (“DCP”) and an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues.

Compensation and benefits expenses of $19,889 million in the current year period increased 7% from the prior year period, primarily due to an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues and higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues, partially offset by lower severance costs.

During the prior year period, Compensation and benefits expenses included severance costs of $308 million, associated with a reduction in workforce during the second quarter of 2023. This specific reduction in workforce occurred across the Firm’s business segments and geographic regions, impacted approximately 4% of the Firm’s global workforce, and resulted from the Firm’s review of its global workforce, operating expenses and the business environment following the acquisitions of E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) and Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”), rather than a change in strategy or exit of businesses. We recorded severance costs

of $207 million in the Institutional Securities business segment, $78 million in the Wealth Management business segment, and $23 million in the Investment Management business segment for the prior year period. These costs were primarily incurred in the Americas and EMEA, with the majority in the Americas.

•Non-compensation expenses of $4,350 million in the current year quarter increased 7% from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend.

Non-compensation expenses of $12,810 million in the current year period increased 3% from the prior year period, primarily due to higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend, partially offset by lower legal expenses and the absence of integration-related expenses incurred in the prior year period.

In the prior year period, integration expenses were $244 million, of which $171 million related to the integration of E*TRADE within the Wealth Management business segment and $73 million related to the integration of Eaton Vance within the Investment Management business segment. Integration-related expenses primarily included non-compensation expenses such as information technology expense related to the consolidation of platforms, and professional fees related to changes in legal entity structures and the integration of clients, within both Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. All integration-related activities were substantially completed as of December 31, 2023.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $79 million in the current quarter was primarily related to provisions for certain specific commercial real estate and corporate loans and growth across loan portfolios. This was partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments in the prior year quarter was $134 million, primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $149 million in the current year period was primarily related to provisions for certain specific commercial real estate and corporate loans and growth across certain loan portfolios. This was partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $529 million in the prior year period was primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio, and modest growth in certain other loan portfolios.

For further information on the Provision for credit losses, see “Credit Risk” herein.

6 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment1

($ in millions)

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment1

($ in millions)

1.The amounts in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total of the applicable financial category and may not sum to the total presented on top of the bars due to intersegment eliminations. See Note 19 to the financial statements for details of intersegment eliminations.

•Institutional Securities net revenues of $6,815 million in the current quarter and $20,813 million in the current year period increased 20% and 15%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, primarily reflecting higher Equity revenues and higher underwriting results within Investment Banking.

•Wealth Management net revenues of $7,270 million in the current quarter and $20,942 million in the current year period increased 14% and 7%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues and higher gains on investments associated with certain employee deferred cash-based compensation plans (“DCP Investments”), partially offset by lower Net interest income.

•Investment Management net revenues of $1,455 million in the current quarter and $4,218 million in the current year period increased 9% and 8%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, reflecting higher Asset management and related fees and higher Performance-based income and other revenues.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 7

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Revenues by Region1

($ in millions)

1.For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown of net revenues is determined, see Note 22 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

•Americas net revenues in the current quarter increased 13% from the prior year quarter, driven by higher Asset management revenues within the Wealth Management business segment and higher results from Equity and Investment Banking within the Institutional Securities business segment. Americas net revenues in the current year period increased 9% from the prior year period, primarily driven by higher Asset management revenues within the Wealth Management business segment and higher results across businesses within the Institutional Securities business segment.

•EMEA net revenues in the current quarter increased 24% from the prior year quarter, primarily driven by higher results from Investment Banking and Fixed Income within the Institutional Securities business segment. EMEA net revenues in the current year period increased 17% from the prior year period, primarily driven by higher Investment Banking revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment and higher results from the Investment Management business segment.

•Asia net revenues in the current quarter increased 31% from the prior year quarter, primarily driven by higher results across Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. Asia net revenues in the current year period increased 11% from the prior year period, primarily

driven by higher results from Equity within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions, except per share data	2024			2023			2024			2023
Consolidated results
Net revenues	$	15,383		$	13,273		$	45,538		$	41,247
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	3,028		$	2,262		$	9,236		$	7,147
Earnings per diluted common share	$	1.88		$	1.38		$	5.73		$	4.33
Consolidated financial measures
Expense efficiency ratio1	72		%	75		%	72		%	75		%
ROE2	13.1		%	10.0		%	13.5		%	10.5		%
ROTCE2, 3	17.5		%	13.5		%	18.2		%	14.2		%
Pre-tax margin4	27		%	24		%	28		%	24		%
Effective tax rate	23.6		%	22.6		%	22.7		%	20.9		%
Pre-tax margin by segment4
Institutional Securities	28		%	21		%	30		%	22		%
Wealth Management	28		%	27		%	27		%	26		%
Investment Management	18		%	18		%	17		%	15		%

$ in millions, except per share data, worldwide employees and client assets	At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
Average liquidity resources for three months ended5	$	342,620		$	314,504
Loans6	$	239,760		$	226,828
Total assets	$	1,258,027		$	1,193,693
Deposits	$	363,722		$	351,804
Borrowings	$	298,180		$	263,732
Common equity	$	93,897		$	90,288
Tangible common equity3	$	70,543		$	66,527
Common shares outstanding	1,612			1,627
Book value per common share7	$	58.25		$	55.50
Tangible book value per common share3, 7	$	43.76		$	40.89
Worldwide employees (in thousands)	80			80
Client assets8 (in billions)	$	7,572		$	6,588
Capital Ratios9
Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Standardized	15.1		%	15.2		%
Tier 1 capital—Standardized	17.1		%	17.1		%
Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Advanced	14.9		%	15.5		%
Tier 1 capital—Advanced	16.9		%	17.4		%
Tier 1 leverage	6.9		%	6.7		%
SLR	5.5		%	5.5		%

1.The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues.

2.ROE and ROTCE represent annualized earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.

3.Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

4.Pre-tax margin represents income before provision for income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

5.For a discussion of Liquidity resources, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Balance Sheet—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Liquidity Resources” herein.

6.Includes loans held for investment, net of ACL, loans held for sale and also includes loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet.

7.Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common equity and tangible common equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.

8.Client assets represents Wealth Management client assets and Investment Management AUM. Certain Wealth Management client assets are invested in Investment Management products and are also included in Investment Management’s AUM.

9.For a discussion of our capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

8 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Economic and Market Conditions

The economic environment, client and investor confidence and overall market sentiment continued to improve in the third quarter of 2024. While inflationary pressures have moderated and interest rates declined, geopolitical risks including ongoing tensions in the Middle East, the U.S. political cycle and the timing and pace of further interest rate reductions present ongoing risks to the economic environment. These factors have impacted, and could continue to impact capital markets and our businesses, as discussed further in “Business Segments” herein.

For more information on economic and market conditions, and the potential effects of geopolitical events and acts of war or aggression on our future results, refer to “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, definitive proxy statements and other public disclosures. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing or comparing our financial condition, operating results and capital adequacy.

These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

We present certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses, net of financing costs on DCP investments from net revenues. We also exclude the impact of mark-to-market gains and losses on DCP from compensation expenses. The impact of DCP investments and DCP are primarily reflected in our Wealth Management business segment results. These measures allow for better comparability of period-to-period underlying operating performance and revenue trends. By excluding the impact of these items, we are better able to describe the business drivers and resulting impact to net revenues and corresponding change to the associated compensation expenses.

Compensation expense for DCP awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of deferred awards.

We invest directly, as principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of our obligations under these DCP awards. Changes in the fair value of such investments, net of financing costs, are recorded in net revenues, and included in Transactional revenues in the Wealth Management business segment. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments recognized in net revenues, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference may not be material to our Income before provision for income taxes in any individual period, it may impact the Wealth Management business segment reported ratios and operating metrics in certain periods due to potentially significant impacts to net revenues and compensation expenses.

For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Matters” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that we believe analysts, investors and other stakeholders consider useful to allow for comparability to peers and of the period-to-period use of our equity. The calculation of tangible common equity represents common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights deduction. In addition, we believe that certain ratios that utilize tangible common equity, such as return on average tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) and tangible book value per common share, also non-GAAP financial measures, are useful for evaluating the operating performance and capital adequacy of the business period-to-period, respectively. The calculation of ROTCE represents annualized earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity. The calculation of tangible book value per common share represents tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.

The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth in the following tables.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 9

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Net revenues	$	15,383	$	13,273	$	45,538	$	41,247
Adjustment for mark-to-market losses (gains) on DCP1	(239)		202		(372)		(65)
Adjusted Net revenues—non-GAAP	$	15,144	$	13,475	$	45,166	$	41,182
Compensation expense	$	6,733	$	5,935	$	19,889	$	18,607
Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1	(276)		57		(580)		(314)
Adjusted Compensation expense—non-GAAP	$	6,457	$	5,992	$	19,309	$	18,293
Wealth Management Net revenues	$	7,270	$	6,404	$	20,942	$	19,623
Adjustment for mark-to-market losses (gains) on DCP1	(170)		143		(265)		(40)
Adjusted Wealth Management Net revenues—non-GAAP	$	7,100	$	6,547	$	20,677	$	19,583
Wealth Management Compensation expense	$	3,868	$	3,352	$	11,257	$	10,332
Adjustment for mark-to-market gains (losses) on DCP1	(184)		48		(373)		(178)
Adjusted Wealth Management Compensation expense—non-GAAP	$	3,684	$	3,400	$	10,884	$	10,154

1.Net revenues and compensation expense are adjusted for DCP investments and DCP for both Firm and Wealth Management business segment. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Matters” in the 2023 Form 10-K for more information.

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Tangible equity
Common equity	$	93,897	$	90,288
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets	(23,354)		(23,761)
Tangible common equity—non-GAAP	$	70,543	$	66,527

	Average Monthly Balance
	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Tangible equity
Common equity	$	92,706	$	90,788	$	91,049	$	91,142
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets	(23,416)		(23,965)		(23,559)		(24,074)
Tangible common equity—non-GAAP	$	69,290	$	66,823	$	67,490	$	67,068

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2024			2023			2024			2023
Average common equity1
Institutional Securities	$	45.0		$	45.6		$	45.0		$	45.6
Wealth Management	29.1			28.8			29.1			28.8
Investment Management	10.8			10.4			10.8			10.4
ROE2
Institutional Securities	12		%	7		%	13		%	8		%
Wealth Management	21		%	18		%	19		%	18		%
Investment Management	7		%	7		%	7		%	6		%
Average tangible common equity1
Institutional Securities	$	44.6		$	45.2		$	44.6		$	45.2
Wealth Management	15.5			14.8			15.5			14.8
Investment Management	1.1			0.7			1.1			0.7
ROTCE2
Institutional Securities	12		%	7		%	13		%	8		%
Wealth Management	39		%	35		%	37		%	35		%
Investment Management	68		%	98		%	65		%	80		%

1.Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein). The sums of the segments’ Average common equity and Average tangible common equity do not equal the Consolidated measures due to Parent Company equity.

2.The calculation of ROE and ROTCE by segment uses net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment, annualized as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.

Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal

We have an ROTCE goal of 20%. Our ROTCE goal is a forward-looking statement that is based on a normal market environment and may be materially affected by many factors.

See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” in the 2023 Form 10-K for further information on market and economic conditions and their potential effects on our future operating results.

ROTCE represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures. See Note 19 to the financial statements for segment net revenues by income statement line item and information on intersegment transactions.

For an overview of the components of our business segments, net revenues, provision for credit losses, compensation expense and income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

10 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

	Three Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Advisory	$	546	$	449	22	%
Equity	362		237		53	%
Fixed Income	555		252		120	%
Total Underwriting	917		489		88	%
Total Investment Banking	1,463		938		56	%
Equity	3,045		2,507		21	%
Fixed Income	2,003		1,947		3	%
Other	304		277		10	%
Net revenues	$	6,815	$	5,669	20	%
Provision for credit losses	68		93		(27)	%
Compensation and benefits	2,271		2,057		10	%
Non-compensation expenses	2,565		2,320		11	%
Total non-interest expenses	4,836		4,377		10	%
Income before provision for income taxes	1,911		1,199		59	%
Provision for income taxes	438		263		67	%
Net income	1,473		936		57	%
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	37		24		54	%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	1,436	$	912	57	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Advisory	$	1,599	$	1,542	4	%
Equity	1,144		664		72	%
Fixed Income	1,786		1,054		69	%
Total Underwriting	2,930		1,718		71	%
Total Investment Banking	4,529		3,260		39	%
Equity	8,905		7,784		14	%
Fixed Income	6,487		6,239		4	%
Other	892		837		7	%
Net revenues	$	20,813	$	18,120	15	%
Provision for credit losses	124		379		(67)	%
Compensation and benefits	6,905		6,637		4	%
Non-compensation expenses	7,476		7,036		6	%
Total non-interest expenses	14,381		13,673		5	%
Income before provision for income taxes	6,308		4,068		55	%
Provision for income taxes	1,406		802		75	%
Net income	4,902		3,266		50	%
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	127		117		9	%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	4,775	$	3,149	52	%

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Volumes

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Completed mergers and acquisitions1	$	109	$	159	$	456	$	379
Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3	13		6		42		26
Fixed Income offerings2, 4	75		50		255		189

Source: LSEG Data & Risk Analytics (formerly known as Refinitiv) as of October 1, 2024. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal, change in value or change in timing of certain transactions.

1.Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock, convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment Banking Revenues

Revenues of $1,463 million in the current quarter increased 56% from the prior year quarter, reflecting increases across businesses, particularly in Fixed Income underwriting.

•Advisory revenues increased primarily due to higher completed M&A activity, particularly in EMEA.

•Equity underwriting revenues increased primarily on higher initial public offerings, follow-on offerings and secondary block share trades.

•Fixed Income underwriting revenues increased primarily in non-investment and investment grade issuances.

Revenues of $4,529 million in the current year period increased 39% compared with the prior year period, reflecting increases across businesses, particularly in Fixed Income underwriting.

•Advisory revenues increased primarily due to higher completed M&A activity, partially offset by lower fee realizations.

•Equity underwriting revenues increased primarily on higher initial public offerings, follow-on offerings and secondary block share trades.

•Fixed Income underwriting revenues increased primarily in non-investment and investment grade issuances.

While Investment Banking results improved from recent quarters, we continue to operate in a market environment with lower completed M&A activity relative to longer-term averages.

See “Investment Banking Volumes” herein.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 11

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Equity, Fixed Income and Other Net Revenues

Equity and Fixed Income Net Revenues

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024
					Net Interest2		All Other3
$ in millions	Trading		Fees1						Total
Financing	$	1,913	$	144	$	(686)	$	—	$	1,371
Execution services	925		680		(98)		167		1,674
Total Equity	$	2,838	$	824	$	(784)	$	167	$	3,045
Total Fixed Income	$	2,008	$	103	$	(169)	$	61	$	2,003

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2023
					Net Interest2		All Other3
$ in millions	Trading		Fees1						Total
Financing	$	1,861	$	130	$	(857)	$	26	$	1,160
Execution services	803		534		(71)		81		1,347
Total Equity	$	2,664	$	664	$	(928)	$	107	$	2,507
Total Fixed Income	$	2,013	$	90	$	(258)	$	102	$	1,947

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
					Net Interest2		All Other3
$ in millions	Trading		Fees1						Total
Financing	$	6,036	$	414	$	(2,296)	$	2	$	4,156
Execution services	2,830		1,901		(221)		239		4,749
Total Equity	$	8,866	$	2,315	$	(2,517)	$	241	$	8,905
Total Fixed Income	$	6,705	$	303	$	(694)	$	173	$	6,487

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
					Net Interest2		All Other3
$ in millions	Trading		Fees1						Total
Financing	$	5,426	$	394	$	(2,016)	$	64	$	3,868
Execution services	2,308		1,695		(175)		88		3,916
Total Equity	$	7,734	$	2,089	$	(2,191)	$	152	$	7,784
Total Fixed Income	$	6,428	$	283	$	(821)	$	349	$	6,239

1.Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.Includes funding costs, which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.

3.Includes Investments and Other revenues.

Equity

Net revenues of $3,045 million in the current quarter and $8,905 million in the current year period increased 21% and 14%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, reflecting an increase in both Execution services and Financing, particularly in the Americas and Asia.

•Financing revenues increased primarily due to higher client activity and lower funding and liquidity costs.

•Execution services revenues increased primarily due to higher gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity, higher client activity in derivatives and cash equities and mark-to-market gains on business-related investments.

Fixed Income

Net revenues of $2,003 million in the current quarter increased 3% from the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting an increase in Global macro products, partially offset by a decrease in Commodities.

•Global macro products revenues increased primarily due to improved results in rates products in a changing rate

environment driven by central bank activities and gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in foreign exchange products.

•Credit products revenues were relatively unchanged from the prior year quarter.

•Commodities products and other fixed income revenues decreased primarily due to lower gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity and decreased client activity compared to elevated results in the prior year quarter, which benefited from higher volatility in energy markets.

Net revenues of $6,487 million in the current year period increased 4% compared with the prior year period, reflecting an increase in Global macro and Credit products, partially offset by a decrease in Commodities.

•Global macro products revenues increased primarily due to gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity in foreign exchange and rates products.

•Credit products revenues increased primarily due to higher gains on inventory held to facilitate client activity and increased client activity in securitized products.

•Commodities products and other fixed income revenues decreased primarily due to decreased client activity compared to elevated results in the prior year quarter, which benefited from higher volatility in energy markets.

Other Net Revenues

Other net revenues were $304 million in the current quarter, compared with $277 million in the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher mark-to-market gains compared with losses in the prior year quarter on DCP investments and higher contributions from our Japanese securities joint venture, partially offset by higher mark-to-market losses on corporate loans, inclusive of hedges.

Other net revenues were $892 million in the current year period compared with $837 million in the prior year period, primarily due to higher net interest income and fees on corporate loans, higher mark-to-market gains on DCP investments and higher contributions from our Japanese securities joint venture, partially offset by higher mark-to-market losses on corporate loans, inclusive of hedges.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $68 million in the current quarter was primarily related to growth across loan portfolios and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate and corporate loans. This was partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $93 million in the prior year quarter was primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $124 million in the current year period was

12 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

primarily related to growth across loan portfolios and provisions for certain specific commercial real estate loans. This was partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments was $379 million in the prior year period, primarily related to credit deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio, and modest growth in certain other loan portfolios.

For further information on the Provision for credit losses, see “Credit Risk” herein.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $4,836 million in the current quarter increased 10% compared with the prior year quarter as a result of higher Non-compensation expenses and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues and higher expenses related to DCP.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily reflecting higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend.

Non-interest expenses of $14,381 million in the current year period increased 5% compared with the prior year period as a result of higher Non-compensation expenses and Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to higher discretionary incentive compensation on higher revenues, partially offset by lower severance costs and lower expenses related to outstanding deferred equity compensation.

•Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher execution-related expenses and increased technology spend, partially offset by lower legal expenses.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 13

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

	Three Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Asset management	$	4,266	$	3,629	18	%
Transactional1	1,076		678		59	%
Net interest	1,774		1,952		(9)	%
Other2	154		145		6	%
Net revenues	7,270		6,404		14	%
Provision for credit losses	11		41		(73)	%
Compensation and benefits	3,868		3,352		15	%
Non-compensation expenses	1,331		1,302		2	%
Total non-interest expenses	5,199		4,654		12	%
Income before provision for income taxes	$	2,060	$	1,709	21	%
Provision for income taxes	492		389		26	%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	1,568	$	1,320	19	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Asset management	$	12,084	$	10,463	15	%
Transactional1	2,891		2,468		17	%
Net interest	5,428		6,266		(13)	%
Other2	539		426		27	%
Net revenues	20,942		19,623		7	%
Provision for credit losses	25		150		(83)	%
Compensation and benefits	11,257		10,332		9	%
Non-compensation expenses	3,973		4,039		(2)	%
Total non-interest expenses	15,230		14,371		6	%
Income before provision for income taxes	$	5,687	$	5,102	11	%
Provision for income taxes	1,313		1,098		20	%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	4,374	$	4,004	9	%

1.Transactional includes Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees revenues.

2.Other includes Investments and Other revenues.

Wealth Management Metrics

$ in billions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Total client assets1	$	5,974	$	5,129
U.S. Bank Subsidiary loans	$	155	$	147
Margin and other lending2	$	26	$	21
Deposits3	$	358	$	346
Annualized weighted average cost of deposits4
Period end	2.99%		2.92%
Period average for three months ended	3.19%		2.86%

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2023		2024		2023
Net new assets	$	63.9	$	35.7	$	195.2	$	234.8

1.Client assets represent those for which Wealth Management is providing services including financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage and investment advisory services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration, and retirement plan services. See “Advisor-Led Channel” and “Self-Directed Channel” herein for additional information.

2.Margin and other lending represents margin lending arrangements, which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and other lending which includes non‐purpose securities-based lending on non‐bank entities.

3.Deposits reflect liabilities sourced from Wealth Management clients and other sources of funding on our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Deposits include sweep deposit programs, savings and other deposits, and time deposits.

4.Annualized weighted average represents the total annualized weighted average cost of the various deposit products, excluding the effect of related hedging derivatives. The period end cost of deposits is based upon balances and rates as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The period average is based on daily balances and rates for the period.

Net New Assets

NNA represent client asset inflows, inclusive of interest, dividends and asset acquisitions, less client asset outflows, and exclude the impact of business combinations/divestitures and the impact of fees and commissions. The level of NNA in a given period is influenced by a variety of factors, including macroeconomic factors that impact client investment and spending behaviors, seasonality, our ability to attract and retain financial advisors and clients, capital market activities which may impact certain client channels, and large idiosyncratic inflows and outflows. These factors have had an impact on our NNA in recent periods. Should these factors continue, the growth rate of our NNA may be impacted.

Advisor-led Channel

$ in billions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Advisor-led client assets1	$	4,647	$	3,979
Fee-based client assets2	$	2,302	$	1,983
Fee-based client assets as a percentage of advisor-led client assets	50%		50%

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024		2023		2024		2023
Fee-based asset flows3	$	35.7	$	22.5	$	87.9	$	67.6

1.Advisor-led client assets represent client assets in accounts that have a Wealth Management representative assigned.

2.Fee‐based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

3.Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets (including asset acquisitions), net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees, and exclude institutional cash management related activity. For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see Fee-based client assets in the 2023 Form 10-K.

14 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Self-directed Channel

	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Self-directed client assets1 (in billions)	$	1,327	$	1,150
Self-directed households2 (in millions)	8.2		8.1

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024	2023	2024	2023
Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”)3 (in thousands)	815	735	812	777

1.Self-directed client assets represent active accounts which are not advisor led. Active accounts are defined as having at least $25 in assets.

2.Self-directed households represent the total number of households that include at least one active account with self-directed assets. Individual households or participants that are engaged in one or more of our Wealth Management channels are included in each of the respective channel counts.

3.DARTs represent the total self-directed trades in a period divided by the number of trading days during that period.

Workplace Channel1

	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Stock plan unvested assets2 (in billions)	$	461	$	416
Stock plan participants3 (in millions)	6.7		6.6

1.The workplace channel includes equity compensation solutions for companies, their executives and employees.

2.Stock plan unvested assets represent the market value of public company securities at the end of the period.

3.Stock plan participants represent total accounts with vested and/or unvested stock plan assets in the workplace channel. Individuals with accounts in multiple plans are counted as participants in each plan.

Net Revenues

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $4,266 million in the current quarter and $12,084 million in the current year period increased 18% and 15%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, primarily reflecting higher fee-based asset levels due to higher market levels and the cumulative impact of positive fee-based flows.

See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $1,076 million in the current quarter and $2,891 million in the current year period increased 59% and 17%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, primarily driven by gains on DCP investments and higher client activity.

For further information on the impact of DCP, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest revenues of $1,774 million in the current quarter and $5,428 million in the current year period decreased 9% and 13%, respectively, compared with the prior year periods, primarily due to lower average sweep deposits, partially offset by higher yields on our investment portfolio and lending growth.

The level and pace of interest rate changes and other macroeconomic factors have impacted client preferences for cash allocation to higher-yielding products and client demand for loans. These factors, along with other developments, such as pricing changes to certain deposit types due to various competitive dynamics, have impacted our net interest income and to the extent they persist, or others arise, such as further interest rate reductions, net interest income may be further impacted in future periods.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $11 million in the current quarter was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate loans, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $41 million in the prior year quarter was primarily related to deteriorating conditions in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio.

The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $25 million in the current year period was primarily related to certain specific commercial real estate and securities-based loans, and portfolio growth, partially offset by improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. In the prior year period, the Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $150 million was primarily related to deteriorating conditions in the commercial real estate sector, including provisions for certain specific loans, mainly in the office portfolio.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $5,199 million in the current quarter increased 12%, compared with the prior year quarter, primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter, primarily as a result of an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues and higher expenses related to DCP.

•Non-compensation expense increased from the prior year quarter, reflecting increased technology spend, higher marketing and business development costs, and higher legal expenses, partially offset by lower professional services expenses.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 15

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest expenses of $15,230 million in the current year period increased 6%, compared with the prior year period, primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased from the prior year period, primarily as a result of an increase in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues and higher expenses related to DCP, partially offset by lower severance costs.

•Non-compensation expense decreased from the prior year period, primarily due to the absence of integration-related expenses in the current year period and lower other professional services expenses, partially offset by increased technology spend.

Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards

$ in billions	At June 30, 2024		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		At Sept 30, 2024
Separately managed4	$	663	$	21	$	(8)	$	7	$	683
Unified managed	561		30		(16)		30		605
Advisor	199		10		(10)		10		209
Portfolio manager	704		33		(24)		32		745
Subtotal	$	2,127	$	94	$	(58)	$	79	$	2,242
Cash management	61		11		(12)		—		60
Total fee-based client assets	$	2,188	$	105	$	(70)	$	79	$	2,302

$ in billions	At June 30, 2023		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		At Sept 30, 2023
Separately managed4	$	556	$	15	$	(7)	$	14	$	578
Unified managed	456		29		(19)		(17)		449
Advisor	182		7		(9)		(5)		175
Portfolio manager	607		27		(21)		(16)		597
Subtotal	$	1,801	$	78	$	(56)	$	(24)	$	1,799
Cash management	55		16		(13)		—		58
Total fee-based client assets	$	1,856	$	94	$	(69)	$	(24)	$	1,857

$ in billions	At Dec 31, 2023		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		At Sept 30, 2024
Separately managed4	$	589	$	55	$	(32)	$	71	$	683
Unified managed	501		88		(41)		57		605
Advisor	188		23		(27)		25		209
Portfolio manager	645		88		(66)		78		745
Subtotal	$	1,923	$	254	$	(166)	$	231	$	2,242
Cash management	60		46		(46)		—		60
Total fee-based client assets	$	1,983	$	300	$	(212)	$	231	$	2,302

$ in billions	At Dec 31, 2022		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		At Sept 30, 2023
Separately managed4	$	501	$	40	$	(18)	$	55	$	578
Unified managed	408		70		(43)		14		449
Advisor	167		22		(25)		11		175
Portfolio manager	552		74		(53)		24		597
Subtotal	$	1,628	$	206	$	(139)	$	104	$	1,799
Cash management	50		48		(40)		—		58
Total fee-based client assets	$	1,678	$	254	$	(179)	$	104	$	1,857

1.Inflows include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.

2.Outflows include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.

3.Market impact includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.

4.Includes non-custody account values based on asset values reported on a quarter lag by third-party custodians.

Average Fee Rates1

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
Fee rate in bps	2024	2023	2024	2023
Separately managed	12	12	12	13
Unified managed	91	92	91	92
Advisor	80	79	79	80
Portfolio manager	89	90	89	91
Subtotal	65	65	65	66
Cash management	7	6	6	6
Total fee-based client assets	63	64	63	64

1.Based on Asset management revenues related to advisory services associated with fee-based assets.

For a description of fee-based client assets in the previous tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Wealth Management Fee-Based Client Assets” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

16 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

	Three Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Asset management and related fees	$	1,384	$	1,312	5	%
Performance-based income and other1	71		24		196	%
Net revenues	1,455		1,336		9	%
Compensation and benefits	594		526		13	%
Non-compensation expenses	601		569		6	%
Total non-interest expenses	1,195		1,095		9	%
Income before provision for income taxes	260		241		8	%
Provision for income taxes	67		59		14	%
Net income	193		182		6	%
Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests	1		3		N/M
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	192	$	179	7	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,				% Change
$ in millions	2024		2023
Revenues
Asset management and related fees	$	4,072	$	3,828	6	%
Performance-based income and other1	146		78		87	%
Net revenues	4,218		3,906		8	%
Compensation and benefits	1,727		1,638		5	%
Non-compensation expenses	1,768		1,691		5	%
Total non-interest expenses	3,495		3,329		5	%
Income before provision for income taxes	723		577		25	%
Provision for income taxes	172		135		27	%
Net income	551		442		25	%
Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests	2		2		N/M
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	549	$	440	25	%

1.Includes Investments, Trading, Commissions and fees, Net interest, and Other revenues.

Net Revenues

Asset Management and Related Fees

Asset management and related fees of $1,384 million in the current quarter and $4,072 million in the current year period increased 5% and 6%, respectively, from the prior year periods, primarily driven by higher average AUM on higher market levels from the prior periods.

Asset management revenues are influenced by the level, relative mix of AUM and related fee rates. While higher market levels drove increases in average AUM in the current quarter, we have continued to see net outflows in the Equity asset class, which may be influenced by the performance of our products relative to their benchmarks, offset by higher net

inflows in the Alternatives and Solutions and Fixed Income asset classes reflecting client preferences. To the extent these conditions continue, we would expect our Asset management revenue to continue to be impacted.

See “Assets under Management or Supervision” herein.

Performance-based Income and Other

Performance-based income and other revenues of $71 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher revenues from DCP investments and higher accrued carried interest in infrastructure and real estate funds, partially offset by lower accrued carried interest in certain private funds.

Performance-based income and other revenues of $146 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period, primarily due to higher accrued carried interest in infrastructure and real estate funds and higher revenues from DCP investments, partially offset by lower accrued carried interest in certain private funds.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $1,195 million in the current quarter increased 9% from the prior year quarter, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter, primarily due to higher expenses related to DCP and compensation associated with carried interest.

•Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter, primarily due to higher distribution expenses on higher AUM and increased technology and infrastructure spend.

Non-interest expenses of $3,495 million in the current year period increased 5% from the prior year period, as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

•Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current year period, primarily due to higher compensation associated with carried interest and higher discretionary incentive compensation.

•Non-compensation expenses increased in the current year period, primarily due to higher distribution expenses on higher AUM and increased technology and infrastructure spend.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 17

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Assets under Management or Supervision Rollforwards

$ in billions	At June 30, 2024		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		Other4		At Sept 30, 2024
Equity	$	301	$	9	$	(14)	$	15	$	5	$	316
Fixed Income	176		17		(12)		6		1		188
Alternatives and Solutions	558		37		(28)		23		1		591
Long-Term AUM	$	1,035	$	63	$	(54)	$	44	$	7	$	1,095
Liquidity and Overlay Services	483		570		(556)		9		(3)		503
Total	$	1,518	$	633	$	(610)	$	53	$	4	$	1,598

$ in billions	At June 30, 2023		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		Other4,5		At Sept 30, 2023
Equity	$	289	$	9	$	(15)	$	(11)	$	—	$	272
Fixed Income	165		14		(15)		(1)		—		163
Alternatives and Solutions	482		31		(29)		(10)		(2)		472
Long-Term AUM	$	936	$	54	$	(59)	$	(22)	$	(2)	$	907
Liquidity and Overlay Services	476		553		(543)		—		(5)		481
Total	$	1,412	$	607	$	(602)	$	(22)	$	(7)	$	1,388

$ in billions	At Dec 31, 2023		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		Other4		At Sept 30, 2024
Equity	$	295	$	29	$	(48)	$	41	$	(1)	$	316
Fixed Income	171		48		(37)		8		(2)		188
Alternatives and Solutions	508		105		(78)		59		(3)		591
Long-Term AUM	$	974	$	182	$	(163)	$	108	$	(6)	$	1,095
Liquidity and Overlay Services	485		1,659		(1,648)		20		(13)		503
Total	$	1,459	$	1,841	$	(1,811)	$	128	$	(19)	$	1,598

$ in billions	At Dec 31, 2022		Inflows1		Outflows2		Market Impact3		Other4,5		At Sept 30, 2023
Equity	$	259	$	29	$	(42)	$	30	$	(4)	$	272
Fixed Income	173		42		(48)		4		(8)		163
Alternatives and Solutions	431		79		(63)		22		3		472
Long-Term AUM	$	863	$	150	$	(153)	$	56	$	(9)	$	907
Liquidity and Overlay Services	442		1,713		(1,673)		10		(11)		481
Total	$	1,305	$	1,863	$	(1,826)	$	66	$	(20)	$	1,388

1.Inflows represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Inflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

2.Outflows represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Outflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

3.Market impact includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.

4.Other contains both distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods. Distributions represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends that the client has not reinvested. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

5.In 2023, our Retail Municipal and Corporate Fixed Income business (“FIMS”) was combined with our Parametric retail customized solutions business. The impact of the change was a $6 billion movement in AUM from Fixed Income to the Alternatives and Solutions asset class included in Other.

Average AUM

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Equity	$	307	$	287	$	302	$	278
Fixed income	182		166		176		171
Alternatives and Solutions	574		482		547		460
Long-term AUM subtotal	1,063		935		1,025		909
Liquidity and Overlay Services	492		478		485		461
Total AUM	$	1,555	$	1,413	$	1,510	$	1,370

Average Fee Rates1

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
Fee rate in bps	2024	2023	2024	2023
Equity	70	72	70	72
Fixed income	37	36	36	35
Alternatives and Solutions	28	30	29	32
Long-term AUM	41	44	42	45
Liquidity and Overlay Services	12	12	12	13
Total AUM	32	33	33	34

1.Based on Asset management revenues, net of waivers, excluding performance-based fees and other non-management fees. For certain non-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included in Non-compensation expenses in the income statement.

For a description of the asset classes in the previous tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

18 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Supplemental Financial Information

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (together, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”), accept deposits, provide loans to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Institutional Securities business segment primarily includes Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate and Corporate loans. Lending activity in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from the Wealth Management business segment primarily includes Securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, and Residential real estate loans.

For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein. For a further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 9 and 13 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information1

$ in billions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Investment securities:
Available-for-sale at fair value	$	75.8	$	66.6
Held-to-maturity	48.8		51.4
Total Investment securities	$	124.6	$	118.0
Wealth Management loans2
Residential real estate	$	64.9	$	60.3
Securities-based lending and Other3	90.3		86.2
Total Wealth Management loans	$	155.2	$	146.5
Institutional Securities loans2
Corporate	$	6.4	$	10.1
Secured lending facilities	47.4		40.8
Commercial and Residential real estate	10.6		10.7
Securities-based lending and Other	4.7		4.1
Total Institutional Securities loans	$	69.1	$	65.7
Total assets	$	420.9	$	396.1
Deposits4	$	357.5	$	346.1

1.Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries, as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.

2.Represents loans, net of ACL. For a further discussion of loans in the Wealth Management and Institutional Securities business segments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.

3.Other loans primarily include tailored lending. For a further discussion of Other loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.

4.For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Balance Sheet—Unsecured Financing” herein.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or to not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations upon adoption.

We are currently evaluating the following accounting updates; however, we do not expect a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations upon adoption:

•Income Tax Disclosures. This accounting update requires disclosure of additional information in relation to income taxes, including additional disaggregation of the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. For the income tax rate reconciliation, this update requires (1) disclosure of specific categories of reconciling items; and (2) additional information for reconciling items that are greater than or equal to 5 percent of the amount computed by multiplying pretax income (or loss) by the applicable statutory income tax rate). For income taxes paid, this update requires disclosure of information, including (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes; and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid (net of refunds received) is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received). Additionally, the update requires disclosure of (1) income (or loss) before income taxes, disaggregated between domestic and foreign; and (2) income taxes disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. The accounting update is effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted.

•Segment Reporting. This accounting update requires additional reportable segment disclosures on an annual and interim basis, primarily about significant segment expenses and other segment items that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within the reported measure of segment profit or loss. This update does not change how operating segments are identified or aggregated, or how quantitative thresholds are applied to determine the reportable segments. The accounting update is effective for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2024, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the financial statements), the fair value of financial instruments, goodwill and intangible assets, legal and regulatory contingencies (see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K and Note 13 to the financial statements) and income taxes policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. For a further discussion about our critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 19

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity and capital policies are established and maintained by senior management, with oversight by the Asset/Liability Management Committee and our Board of Directors (“Board”). Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. Our Corporate Treasury department (“Treasury”), Firm Risk Committee, Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and managing the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity and market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business segment needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

Total Assets by Business Segment

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	72,115	$	18,855	$	114	$	91,084
Trading assets at fair value	347,615		9,285		5,398		362,298
Investment securities	39,074		121,610		—		160,684
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	112,935		24,417		—		137,352
Securities borrowed	131,569		843		—		132,412
Customer and other receivables	56,001		33,942		1,437		91,380
Loans1	75,617		155,253		4		230,874
Goodwill	448		10,198		6,089		16,735
Intangible assets	31		3,067		3,522		6,620
Other assets2	16,630		10,793		1,165		28,588
Total assets	$	852,035	$	388,263	$	17,729	$	1,258,027

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	72,928	$	16,172	$	132	$	89,232
Trading assets at fair value	353,841		7,962		5,271		367,074
Investment securities	39,212		115,595		—		154,807
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	90,701		20,039		—		110,740
Securities borrowed	119,823		1,268		—		121,091
Customer and other receivables	47,333		31,237		1,535		80,105
Loans1	72,110		146,526		4		218,640
Goodwill	424		10,199		6,084		16,707
Intangible assets	26		3,427		3,602		7,055
Other assets2	14,108		12,743		1,391		28,242
Total assets	$	810,506	$	365,168	$	18,019	$	1,193,693

1.Amounts include loans held for investment, net of ACL, and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet (see Note 9 to the financial statements).

2.Other assets primarily includes premises, equipment and software, ROU assets related to leases, other investments, and deferred tax assets.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of cash and cash equivalents, liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables. In the Institutional Securities business segment, these arise from market-making, financing and prime brokerage activities, and in the Wealth Management business segment, these arise from banking activities, including management of the investment portfolio. Total assets increased to $1,258 billion at September 30, 2024 compared with $1,194 at December 31, 2023.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and Liquidity Resources, which support our target liquidity profile. For a further discussion about the Firm’s Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Liquidity Resources

We maintain sufficient liquidity resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”), to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.

20 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The amount of Liquidity Resources we hold is based on our risk appetite and is calibrated to meet various internal and regulatory requirements and to fund prospective business activities. The Liquidity Resources are primarily held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The Total HQLA values in the tables immediately following are different from Eligible HQLA, which, in accordance with the LCR rule, also takes into account certain regulatory weightings and other operational considerations.

Liquidity Resources by Type of Investment

	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2024		June 30, 2024
Cash deposits with central banks	$	48,848	$	51,309
Unencumbered HQLA Securities1:
U.S. government obligations	171,663		150,798
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities	90,290		89,413
Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2	24,011		19,849
Other investment grade securities	810		831
Total HQLA1	$	335,622	$	312,200
Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)	6,998		7,380
Total Liquidity Resources	$	342,620	$	319,580

1.HQLA is presented prior to applying weightings and includes all HQLA held in subsidiaries.

2.Primarily composed of unencumbered French, U.K., Japanese, Italian, Spanish, and German government obligations.

Liquidity Resources by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities

	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2024		June 30, 2024
Bank legal entities
U.S.	$	136,171	$	131,093
Non-U.S.	5,581		5,726
Total Bank legal entities	141,752		136,819
Non-Bank legal entities
U.S.:
Parent Company	76,366		63,909
Non-Parent Company	60,537		58,353
Total U.S.	136,903		122,262
Non-U.S.	63,965		60,499
Total Non-Bank legal entities	200,868		182,761
Total Liquidity Resources	$	342,620	$	319,580

Liquidity Resources may fluctuate from period to period based on the overall size and composition of our balance sheet, the maturity profile of our unsecured debt, and estimates of funding needs in a stressed environment, among other factors.

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to maintain a minimum LCR and NSFR of 100%.

The LCR rule requires large banking organizations to have sufficient Eligible HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising

from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. In determining Eligible HQLA for LCR purposes, weightings (or asset haircuts) are applied to HQLA, and certain HQLA held in subsidiaries is excluded.

The NSFR rule requires large banking organizations to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is their regulatory capital and liabilities subject to standardized weightings, equal to or greater than their required stable funding, which is their projected minimum funding needs, over a one-year time horizon.

As of September 30, 2024, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2024			June 30, 2024
Eligible HQLA
Cash deposits with central banks	$	40,406		$	43,887
Securities1	234,710			215,681
Total Eligible HQLA	$	275,116		$	259,568
Net cash outflows	$	205,868		$	198,559
LCR	134		%	131		%

1.Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, bank notes, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Treasury allocates interest expense to our businesses based on the tenor and interest rate profile of the assets being funded. Treasury similarly allocates interest income to businesses carrying deposit products and other liabilities across the businesses based on the characteristics of those deposits and other liabilities.

Secured Financing

For a discussion of our secured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital

September 2024 Form 10-Q 21

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Resources—Funding Management—Secured Financing” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Collateralized Financing Transactions

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed	$	269,764	$	231,831
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned	$	75,784	$	77,708
Securities received as collateral1	$	5,595	$	6,219

1.Included within Trading assets in the balance sheet.

	Average Daily Balance Three Months Ended
$ in millions	September 30, 2024		December 31, 2023
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed	$	251,448	$	235,928
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned	$	84,632	$	87,285

See “Total Assets by Business Segment” herein for additional information on the assets shown in the previous table and Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K and Note 8 to the financial statements for additional information on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

Unsecured Financing

For a discussion of our unsecured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Deposits

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Savings and demand deposits:
Brokerage sweep deposits1	$	133,795	$	148,274
Savings and other	152,054		139,978
Total Savings and demand deposits	285,849		288,252
Time deposits2	77,873		63,552
Total3	$	363,722	$	351,804

1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.Our Time deposits are predominantly brokered certificates of deposit.

3.Our deposits are primarily held in U.S. offices.

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics relative to other sources of funding. Each category of deposits presented above has a different cost profile and clients may respond differently to changes in interest rates and other macroeconomic conditions. Total deposits in the current year period increased as a result of an increase in Time deposits and Savings and other deposits, partially offset by lower Brokerage sweep deposits, largely due to net outflows to alternative cash equivalent and other investment products.

Borrowings by Maturity at September 30, 20241

$ in millions	Parent Company		Subsidiaries		Total
Original maturities of one year or less	$	—	$	6,957	$	6,957
Original maturities greater than one year
2024	$	3,245	$	2,509	$	5,754
2025	13,025		15,500		28,525
2026	25,043		12,921		37,964
2027	21,360		8,996		30,356
2028	14,132		15,414		29,546
Thereafter	114,111		44,967		159,078
Total greater than one year	$	190,916	$	100,307	$	291,223
Total	$	190,916	$	107,264	$	298,180
Maturities over next 12 months2					$	25,097

1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, maturity represents the earliest put date.

2.Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Borrowings of $298 billion as of September 30, 2024 increased when compared with $264 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily due to issuances net of maturities and redemptions.

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit-sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading

22 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings as part of our market-making activities.

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries Issuer Ratings at October 31, 2024

	Parent Company
	Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Rating Outlook
DBRS, Inc.	R-1 (middle)	A (high)	Positive
Fitch Ratings, Inc.	F1	A+	Stable
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.	P-1	A1	Stable
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.	a-1	A+	Stable
S&P Global Ratings	A-2	A-	Stable

	MSBNA
	Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Rating Outlook
Fitch Ratings, Inc.	F1+	AA-	Stable
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.	P-1	Aa3	Stable
S&P Global Ratings	A-1	A+	Stable

	MSPBNA
	Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Rating Outlook
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.	P-1	Aa3	Stable
S&P Global Ratings	A-1	A+	Stable

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments

In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future

periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency before the downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements, such as the SCB, and rating agency guidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses.

Common Stock Repurchases

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
in millions, except for per share data	2024		2023		2024		2023
Number of shares	8		17		27		45
Average price per share	$	99.94	$	87.59	$	93.14	$	89.26
Total	$	750	$	1,500	$	2,500	$	4,000

For additional information on our common stock repurchases, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and Note 16 to the financial statements.

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.

Common Stock Dividend Announcement

Announcement date	October 16, 2024
Amount per share	$0.925
Date to be paid	November 15, 2024
Shareholders of record as of	October 31, 2024

For additional information on our common stock dividends, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.

For additional information on our common stock and information on our preferred stock, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 23

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 15 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 13 to the financial statements. For a further discussion of our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a financial holding company (“FHC”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”) and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap entities, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital and TLAC ratios. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the 2023 Form 10-K. For additional information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments

to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements

	At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023
	Standardized	Advanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer	—	2.5%
SCB1	5.4%	N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge2	3.0%	3.0%
CCyB3	0%	0%
Capital buffer requirement	8.4%	5.5%

1.For additional information on the SCB, see “Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and in the 2023 Form 10-K.

2.For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—G-SIB Capital Surcharge” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

3.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5%, but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.

The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of CET1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our capital buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market RWAs (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and our capital buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to our 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.

	Regulatory Minimum		At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023
			Standardized	Advanced
Required ratios1
CET1 capital ratio	4.5	%	12.9%	10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio	6.0	%	14.4%	11.5%
Total capital ratio	8.0	%	16.4%	13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.

Our risk-based capital ratios are computed under each of (i) the Standardized Approach and (ii) the Advanced Approach. The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights and exposure methodologies, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.

24 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

CECL Deferral. Beginning on January 1, 2020, we elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on our risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as our RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and are phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts will become fully phased-in beginning on January 1, 2025.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

Risk-based capital

	Standardized						Advanced
$ in millions	At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023			At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
Risk-based capital
CET1 capital	$	73,906		$	69,448		$	73,906		$	69,448
Tier 1 capital	83,744			78,183			83,744			78,183
Total capital	95,301			88,874			94,413			88,190
Total RWA	490,293			456,053			494,992			448,154
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital	15.1		%	15.2		%	14.9		%	15.5		%
Tier 1 capital	17.1		%	17.1		%	16.9		%	17.4		%
Total capital	19.4		%	19.5		%	19.1		%	19.7		%
Required ratios1
CET1 capital	12.9		%	12.9		%	10.0		%	10.0		%
Tier 1 capital	14.4		%	14.4		%	11.5		%	11.5		%
Total capital	16.4		%	16.4		%	13.5		%	13.5		%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Leveraged-based capital

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
Leveraged-based capital
Adjusted average assets1	$	1,218,361		$	1,159,626
Supplementary leverage exposure2	1,517,290			1,429,552
Leveraged-based capital ratios
Tier 1 leverage	6.9		%	6.7		%
SLR	5.5		%	5.5		%
Required ratios3
Tier 1 leverage	4.0%			4.0		%
SLR	5.0		%	5.0		%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

2.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Regulatory Capital

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023		Change
CET1 capital
Common shareholders' equity	$	93,897	$	90,288	$	3,609
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
Net goodwill	(16,408)		(16,394)		(14)
Net intangible assets	(5,152)		(5,509)		357
Impact of CECL transition	62		124		(62)
Other adjustments and deductions1	1,507		939		568
Total CET1 capital	$	73,906	$	69,448	$	4,458
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock	$	9,750	$	8,750	$	1,000
Noncontrolling interests	907		758		149
Additional Tier 1 capital	$	10,657	$	9,508	$	1,149
Deduction for investments in covered funds	(819)		(773)		(46)
Total Tier 1 capital	$	83,744	$	78,183	$	5,561
Standardized Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt	$	9,646	$	8,760	$	886
Eligible ACL	2,091		2,051		40
Other adjustments and deductions	(180)		(120)		(60)
Total Standardized Tier 2 capital	$	11,557	$	10,691	$	866
Total Standardized capital	$	95,301	$	88,874	$	6,427
Advanced Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt	$	9,646	$	8,760	$	886
Eligible credit reserves	1,203		1,367		(164)
Other adjustments and deductions	(180)		(120)		(60)
Total Advanced Tier 2 capital	$	10,669	$	10,007	$	662
Total Advanced capital	$	94,413	$	88,190	$	6,223

1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 25

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

RWA Rollforward

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Standardized		Advanced
Credit risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	407,731	$	297,858
Change related to the following items:
Derivatives	2,192		12,697
Securities financing transactions	10,953		2,286
Investment securities	324		(1,514)
Commitments, guarantees and loans	8,162		18,580
Equity investments	412		202
Other credit risk	3,725		2,276
Total change in credit risk RWA	$	25,768	$	34,527
Balance at September 30, 2024	$	433,499	$	332,385
Market risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	48,322	$	48,201
Change related to the following items:
Regulatory VaR	192		192
Regulatory stressed VaR	2,278		2,278
Incremental risk charge	496		496
Comprehensive risk measure	87		368
Specific risk	5,419		5,419
Total change in market risk RWA	$	8,472	$	8,753
Balance at September 30, 2024	$	56,794	$	56,954
Operational risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2023	N/A		$	102,095
Change in operational risk RWA	N/A		3,558
Balance at September 30, 2024	N/A		$	105,653
Total RWA	$	490,293	$	494,992

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

In the current year period, Credit risk RWA increased under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily due to increased exposure in Securities financing transactions, Corporate lending and Other credit risk driven by higher securitizations. Under the Advanced Approach, the increase was primarily due to increased exposure in Corporate lending, Derivatives, Securities financing transactions and Other credit risk driven by higher securitizations.

Market risk RWA increased in the current year period under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily driven by higher Specific risk charges on non-securitization standardized charges and higher Regulatory Stressed VaR.

The increase in Operational risk RWA in the current year period is related to legal expenses and execution losses.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

The Federal Reserve has established external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent Company. These requirements are designed to ensure that covered BHCs will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise

by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used.

Required and Actual TLAC and Eligible LTD Ratios

					Actual Amount/Ratio
$ in millions	Regulatory Minimum		Required Ratio1		At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
External TLAC2					$	265,787		$	250,914
External TLAC as a % of RWA	18.0	%	21.5	%	53.7		%	55.0		%
External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure	7.5	%	9.5	%	17.5		%	17.6		%
Eligible LTD3					$	170,779		$	162,547
Eligible LTD as a % of RWA	9.0	%	9.0	%	34.5		%	35.6		%
Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure	4.5	%	4.5	%	11.3		%	11.4		%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of applicable buffers.

2.External TLAC consists of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital (each excluding any noncontrolling minority interests), as well as eligible LTD.

3.Consists of TLAC-eligible LTD reduced by 50% for amounts of unpaid principal due to be paid in more than one year but less than two years from each respective balance sheet date.

We are in compliance with all TLAC requirements as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

For a further discussion of TLAC and related requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer

The Federal Reserve has capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We must submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress test regulatory requirements.

As part of its annual capital supervisory stress testing process, the Federal Reserve determines an SCB for each large BHC, including us.

Our SCB remained at 5.4% through September 30, 2024. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB resulted in an aggregate Standardized Approach Common Equity Tier 1 required ratio of 12.9%.

For the 2024 capital planning and stress test cycle, we submitted our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2024. On June 26, 2024, the Federal Reserve published summary results of its

26 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, in which the projected decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio in the severely adverse scenario increased from the prior annual supervisory stress test by 50 basis points, from 4.1% to 4.6%. Following the publication of the supervisory stress test results, we announced that our SCB will be 6.0% from October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025. In addition to the projected decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio in the severely adverse scenario, our SCB reflects the increase in our common stock dividend in the dividend add-on. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB results in an aggregate Standardized Approach Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 13.5%. Generally, our SCB is determined annually based on the results of the supervisory stress test.

We also disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on our Investor Relations website and increased our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.925 per share from $0.85, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 16, 2024.

For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage-based capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company common equity. We generally hold Parent Company common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, potential future acquisitions and other capital needs.

Average Common Equity Attribution under the Required Capital Framework1

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in billions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Institutional Securities	$	45.0	$	45.6	$	45.0	$	45.6
Wealth Management	29.1		28.8		29.1		28.8
Investment Management	10.8		10.4		10.8		10.4
Parent Company	7.8		6.0		6.1		6.3
Total	$	92.7	$	90.8	$	91.0	$	91.1

1.The attribution of average common equity to the business segments is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

We continue to evaluate our Required Capital framework with respect to the impact of evolving regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC (“Agencies”) a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2023 full resolution plan on June 30, 2023. In June 2024, we received joint feedback on our 2023 resolution plan from the Agencies, with no shortcomings or deficiencies identified.

As described in our most recent resolution plan, our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy. In line with our SPOE strategy, the Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”). In addition, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including the Funding IHC) and certain other subsidiaries. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its contributable assets to our supported entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our supported entities. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the requirement to maintain certain levels of TLAC is that losses in resolution would be imposed on the holders of eligible LTD and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on creditors of our supported entities and without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning,” “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 27

Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Developments and Other Matters

FDIC Final Rulemaking on Insured Depository Institution Resolution Plans

On June 20, 2024, the FDIC adopted a final rule to modify the required cadence and informational content of covered insured depository institution (“IDI”) resolution plan submissions, which describe the IDI's strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the IDI. As a result of the final rule, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries will be required to submit full resolution plans every two years and interim targeted information at certain times between full resolution plan submissions. In addition, the new rule introduces a new credibility standard that will be used to evaluate full resolution plan submissions, which would be subject to FDIC enforcement action. The final rule is effective beginning October 1, 2024, and the first submission for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under the new rule will be in 2026. For more information on our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

FDIC Final Rulemaking on Special Assessment

Following the failures of certain banks and resulting losses to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund in the first half of 2023, the FDIC adopted a final rule on November 16, 2023 to implement a special assessment to recover the cost associated with protecting uninsured depositors. We recorded the cost of the special assessment of $286 million in Non-interest expenses when the final rule was published in the Federal Register, in the fourth quarter of 2023. We recorded the incremental estimated cost of $40 million during the first nine months of 2024 based on subsequent notifications received from the FDIC which contained the revised estimated net losses from those bank failures.

Basel III Endgame and G-SIB Surcharge Proposals

On July 27, 2023, U.S. banking agencies proposed revisions to risk-based capital and related standards applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries (“Basel III Endgame Proposal”). For more information on the Basel III Endgame Proposal, as well as the proposed revisions to the G-SIB capital surcharge framework, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments and Other Matters” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

28 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. For a discussion of our Enterprise Risk Management framework and risk management functions, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur non-trading market risk, principally within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk (including interest rate risk) from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from capital investments in its funds. For a further discussion of market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Trading Risks

We have exposures to a wide range of risks related to interest rates and credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices as well as the associated implied volatilities, correlations and spreads of the global markets in which we conduct our trading activities.

The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios.

For information regarding our primary risk exposures and market risk management, VaR methodology, assumptions and limitations, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk—Trading Risks” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

95%/One-Day Management VaR for the Trading Portfolio

	Three Months Ended
	September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Period End		Average		High1		Low1
Interest rate and credit spread	$	32	$	27	$	32	$	23
Equity price	25		22		28		19
Foreign exchange rate	10		11		15		7
Commodity price	14		14		18		11
Less: Diversification benefit2	(35)		(35)		N/A		N/A
Primary Risk Categories	$	46	$	39	$	46	$	34
Credit Portfolio	23		25		26		23
Less: Diversification benefit2	(21)		(18)		N/A		N/A
Total Management VaR	$	48	$	46	$	53	$	41

	Three Months Ended
	June 30, 2024
$ in millions	Period End		Average		High1		Low1
Interest rate and credit spread	$	29	$	28	$	46	$	23
Equity price	27		25		31		22
Foreign exchange rate	11		10		13		9
Commodity price	17		17		23		10
Less: Diversification benefit2	(44)		(40)		N/A		N/A
Primary Risk Categories	$	40	$	40	$	52	$	35
Credit Portfolio	24		24		26		22
Less: Diversification benefit2	(14)		(16)		N/A		N/A
Total Management VaR	$	50	$	48	$	66	$	44

1.The high and low VaR values for the Total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and, therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

2.Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days. Similar diversification benefits are also are taken into account within each component.

Average Total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories decreased slightly from the three months ended June 30, 2024, primarily driven by reduced exposures in the interest rate and credit spread category, partially offset by lower diversification benefit.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy. There were no trading loss days in the current quarter.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 29

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

Daily Net Trading Revenues for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

Daily net trading revenues include profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our trading businesses. Certain items such as fees, commissions, net interest income and counterparty default risk are excluded from daily net trading revenues and the VaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting further exclude intraday trading.

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At June 30, 2024
Derivatives	$	6	$	6
Borrowings carried at fair value	52		48

1.Amounts represent the potential gain for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

The Wealth Management business segment reflects a substantial portion of our non-trading interest rate risk. Net interest income in the Wealth Management business segment primarily consists of interest income earned on non-trading assets held, including loans and investment securities, as well as margin and other lending on non-bank entities and interest expense incurred on non-trading liabilities, primarily deposits.

Wealth Management Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At June 30, 2024
Basis point change
+200	$	620	$	869
+100	328		462
-100	(392)		(494)
-200	(829)		(1,048)

The previous table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks (subject to a floor of zero percent in the downward scenario) on net interest income over the next 12 months for our Wealth Management business segment. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our Wealth Management business segment, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted balance sheet and business activity. The forecast includes modeled prepayment behavior, reinvestment of net cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities, and deposit pricing sensitivity to interest rates. These key assumptions are updated periodically based on historical data and future expectations.

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our Wealth Management business segment across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors.

30 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Our Wealth Management business segment balance sheet is asset sensitive, given assets reprice faster than liabilities, resulting in higher net interest income in increasing interest rate scenarios and lower net interest income in declining interest rate scenarios. The level of interest rates may impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm, given competition for deposits from other institutions and alternative cash-equivalent products available to depositors. Further, the level of interest rates could also impact client demand for loans.

Net interest income sensitivity to interest rates at September 30, 2024 decreased from June 30, 2024, primarily driven by the effect of changes in the mix of our assets and liabilities.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Carried Interest

	Loss from 10% Decline
$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At June 30, 2024
Investments related to Investment Management activities	$	550	$	548
Other investments:
MUMSS	136		117
Other Firm investments	423		419

We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which is for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues associated with a reasonably possible 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance-based income, as applicable

Asset Management Revenue Sensitivity

Certain asset management revenues in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments are derived from management fees, which are based on fee-based client assets in Wealth Management or AUM in Investment Management (together, “client holdings”). The assets underlying client holdings are primarily composed of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and are sensitive to changes in related markets. These revenues depend on multiple factors including, but not limited to, the level and duration of a market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, and client behavior such as the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions. Therefore, overall revenues may not correlate completely with changes in the related markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We are primarily exposed to credit risk from institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Loans and Lending Commitments

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	HFI		HFS		FVO1		Total
Institutional Securities:
Corporate	$	6,304	$	9,094	$	—	$	15,398
Secured lending facilities	45,728		3,612		—		49,340
Commercial and Residential real estate	8,688		154		3,328		12,170
Securities-based lending and Other	2,819		—		5,055		7,874
Total Institutional Securities	63,539		12,860		8,383		84,782
Wealth Management:
Residential real estate	65,001		1		—		65,002
Securities-based lending and Other	90,572		1		—		90,573
Total Wealth Management	155,573		2		—		155,575
Total Investment Management2	4		—		503		507
Total loans	219,116		12,862		8,886		240,864
ACL	(1,104)						(1,104)
Total loans, net of ACL	$	218,012	$	12,862	$	8,886	$	239,760
Lending commitments3	$	142,325	$	27,452	$	524	$	170,301
Total exposure	$	360,337	$	40,314	$	9,410	$	410,061

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	HFI		HFS		FVO1		Total
Institutional Securities:
Corporate	$	6,758	$	11,862	$	—	$	18,620
Secured lending facilities	39,498		3,161		—		42,659
Commercial and Residential real estate	8,678		209		3,331		12,218
Securities-based lending and Other	2,818		—		4,402		7,220
Total Institutional Securities	57,752		15,232		7,733		80,717
Wealth Management:
Residential real estate	60,375		22		—		60,397
Securities-based lending and Other	86,423		1		—		86,424
Total Wealth Management	146,798		23		—		146,821
Total Investment Management2	4		—		455		459
Total loans	204,554		15,255		8,188		227,997
ACL	(1,169)						(1,169)
Total loans, net of ACL	$	203,385	$	15,255	$	8,188	$	226,828
Lending commitments3	$	128,134	$	21,329	$	510	$	149,973
Total exposure	$	331,519	$	36,584	$	8,698	$	376,801

Total exposure—consists of Total loans, net of ACL, and Lending commitments

1.FVO includes the fair value of certain unfunded lending commitments.

2.Investment Management business segment loans are related to certain of our activities as an investment adviser and manager. Loans held at fair value are the result of the consolidation of investment vehicles (including CLOs) managed by Investment Management, composed primarily of senior secured loans to corporations.

3.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 31

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, including large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to ultra-high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. Loans and lending commitments are either held for investment, held for sale or carried at fair value. For more information on these loan classifications, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $33 billion since December 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in Corporate lending commitments and Secured lending facilities within the Institutional Securities business segment, and growth across portfolios within the Wealth Management business segment.

See Notes 4, 5, 9 and 13 to the financial statements for further information.

Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

$ in millions	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
ACL—Loans
Beginning balance	$	1,169
Gross charge-offs	(155)
Recoveries	7
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	(148)
Provision for credit losses	81
Other	2
Ending balance	$	1,104
ACL—Lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	551
Provision for credit losses	68
Ending balance	$	619
Total ending balance	$	1,723

Provision for Credit Losses by Business Segment

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024						Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	IS		WM		Total		IS		WM		Total
Loans	$	7	$	11	$	18	$	54	$	27	$	81
Lending commitments	61		—		61		70		(2)		68
Total	$	68	$	11	$	79	$	124	$	25	$	149

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments include the borrower’s financial strength, industry, facility structure, LTV ratio, debt service ratio, collateral and covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments was relatively unchanged since December 31, 2023, reflecting provisions for certain specific commercial real estate and corporate loans and growth across certain loan portfolios, offset by charge-offs and improvements in the macroeconomic outlook.

The base scenario used in our ACL models as of September 30, 2024 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes modest economic growth in 2024, followed by a gradual improvement in 2025 as well as lower interest rates relative to the prior quarter forecast. The ACL calculation incorporates key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on the ACL calculation varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions.

Forecasted U.S. Real GDP Growth Rates in Base Scenario

	4Q 2024		4Q 2025
Year-over-year growth rate	1.6	%	1.9	%

Other key macroeconomic variables used in the ACL calculation include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices. See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K for a discussion of the Firm’s ACL methodology under CECL.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
	IS		WM		IS		WM
Accrual	99.1	%	99.8	%	98.9	%	99.8	%
Nonaccrual1	0.9	%	0.2	%	1.1	%	0.2	%

1.Nonaccrual loans are loans where principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or are past due 90 days or more.

Net Charge-off Ratios for Loans Held for Investment

$ in millions	Corporate			Secured Lending Facilities			CRE			Residential Real Estate			SBL and Other			Total
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
Net charge-off (recovery) ratio1	0.56		%	0.03		%	1.14		%	—		%	—		%	0.07		%
Average loans	$	6,946		$	42,003		$	8,682		$	62,326		$	90,106		$	210,063
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
Net charge-off (recovery) ratio1	0.43		%	—		%	1.25		%	—		%	—		%	0.07		%
Average loans	$	7,057		$	37,346		$	8,612		$	56,330		$	91,583		$	200,928

CRE—Commercial real estate

SBL—Securities-based lending

1.Net charge-off ratio represents gross charge-offs net of recoveries divided by total average loans held for investment before ACL.

32 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments1

	At September 30, 2024
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		>15		Total
Loans
AA	$	—	$	12	$	1	$	—	$	13
A	988		620		178		—		1,786
BBB	5,126		11,286		414		143		16,969
BB	11,280		22,773		1,747		371		36,171
Other NIG	9,269		12,169		3,184		247		24,869
Unrated2	278		895		115		2,904		4,192
Total loans, net of ACL	26,941		47,755		5,639		3,665		84,000
Lending commitments
AAA	—		75		—		—		75
AA	2,277		4,251		275		—		6,803
A	7,696		21,606		1,046		—		30,348
BBB	11,060		54,572		673		127		66,432
BB	2,464		19,988		2,395		854		25,701
Other NIG	1,122		18,520		2,747		3		22,392
Unrated2	17		110		—		—		127
Total lending commitments	24,636		119,122		7,136		984		151,878
Total exposure	$	51,577	$	166,877	$	12,775	$	4,649	$	235,878

	At December 31, 2023
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		>15		Total
Loans
AA	$	3	$	11	$	216	$	—	$	230
A	1,054		950		182		—		2,186
BBB	7,117		10,076		346		—		17,539
BB	11,723		16,367		1,775		277		30,142
Other NIG	9,586		12,961		2,924		156		25,627
Unrated2	111		1,036		62		2,910		4,119
Total loans, net of ACL	29,594		41,401		5,505		3,343		79,843
Lending commitments
AAA	—		50		—		—		50
AA	2,610		3,064		154		—		5,828
A	7,704		21,256		593		—		29,553
BBB	9,161		46,304		106		—		55,571
BB	4,069		16,431		1,594		414		22,508
Other NIG	1,916		13,842		1,077		3		16,838
Unrated2	6		7		—		—		13
Total lending commitments	25,466		100,954		3,524		417		130,361
Total exposure	$	55,060	$	142,355	$	9,029	$	3,760	$	210,204

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.Counterparty credit ratings are internally determined by the CRM.

2.Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk-managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Industry
Financials	$	65,851	$	57,804
Real estate	39,920		35,342
Communications services	20,119		15,301
Industrials	17,274		18,056
Information technology	15,097		12,430
Healthcare	14,111		14,274
Consumer discretionary	14,080		12,190
Utilities	12,626		11,522
Consumer staples	12,263		9,305
Energy	9,096		9,156
Insurance	6,808		6,486
Materials	6,616		6,503
Other	2,017		1,835
Total exposure	$	235,878	$	210,204

Institutional Securities Lending Activities

The Institutional Securities business segment lending activities include Corporate, Secured lending facilities, Commercial and Residential real estate, and Securities-based lending and Other. As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, over 90% of our total lending exposure, which consists of loans and lending commitments, was investment grade and/or secured by collateral. For a description of Institutional Securities’ lending activities, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

	At September 30, 2024
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		Total
Loans, net of ACL	$	2,112	$	1,007	$	2,402	$	5,521
Lending commitments	5,432		2,843		2,070		10,345
Total exposure	$	7,544	$	3,850	$	4,472	$	15,866

	At December 31, 2023
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		Total
Loans, net of ACL	$	1,974	$	2,564	$	2,580	$	7,118
Lending commitments	3,564		685		549		4,798
Total exposure	$	5,538	$	3,249	$	3,129	$	11,916

Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with certain underwritings and/or syndications to finance a specific transaction, such as merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activities. Balances may fluctuate as such lending is related to transactions that vary in timing and size from period to period.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 33

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Loans		Lending Commitments		Total
Corporate	$	6,304	$	103,872	$	110,176
Secured lending facilities	45,728		18,176		63,904
Commercial real estate	8,688		854		9,542
Securities-based lending and Other	2,819		1,000		3,819
Total, before ACL	$	63,539	$	123,902	$	187,441
ACL	$	(782)	$	(602)	$	(1,384)

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions		Loans		Lending Commitments		Total
Corporate		$	6,758	$	91,752	$	98,510
Secured lending facilities		39,498		15,589		55,087
Commercial real estate		8,678		266		8,944
Securities-based lending and Other		2,818		915		3,733
Total, before ACL		$	57,752	$	108,522	$	166,274
ACL		$	(874)	$	(533)	$	(1,407)

Institutional Securities Commercial Real Estate Loans and Lending Commitments

By Region

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Loans1		LC1		Total		Loans1		LC1		Total
Americas	$	5,294	$	183	$	5,477	$	5,410	$	289	$	5,699
EMEA	3,551		747		4,298		3,127		56		3,183
Asia	518		3		521		485		—		485
Total	$	9,363	$	933	$	10,296	$	9,022	$	345	$	9,367

By Property Type

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Loans1		LC1		Total		Loans1		LC1		Total
Office	$	3,037	$	134	$	3,171	$	3,310	$	186	$	3,496
Industrial	2,565		112		2,677		2,435		5		2,440
Multifamily	2,157		92		2,249		1,715		74		1,789
Retail	791		585		1,376		842		7		849
Hotel	805		10		815		718		73		791
Other	8		—		8		2		—		2
Total	$	9,363	$	933	$	10,296	$	9,022	$	345	$	9,367

LC–Lending Commitments

1. Amounts include HFI, HFS and FVO loans and lending commitments. HFI loans are presented net of ACL.

The current economic environment and changes in business and consumer behavior have adversely impacted commercial real estate borrowers due to pressure from higher interest rates, tenant lease renewals, and elevated refinancing risks for loans with near-term maturities, among other issues. While we continue to actively monitor all our loan portfolios, the commercial real estate sector remains under heightened focus given the sector’s sensitivity to economic and secular factors, credit conditions, and difficulties specific to certain property types, most notably office.

As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, our lending against commercial real estate (“CRE”) properties within the Institutional Securities business segment totaled $10.3 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively. This represents 4.4% and 4.5%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Institutional

Securities Loans and Lending Commitments table above. Those CRE loans are originated for experienced sponsors and are generally secured by specific institutional CRE properties. In many cases, loans are subsequently syndicated or securitized on a full or partial basis, reducing our ongoing exposure.

In addition to the amounts included in the table above, we provide certain secured lending facilities which are typically collateralized by pooled CRE mortgage loans and are included in Secured lending facilities in the Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment table above. These secured lending facilities benefit from structural protections including cross-collateralization and diversification across property types.

Institutional Securities Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Corporate		Secured Lending Facilities		CRE		Other		Total
ACL—Loans
Beginning balance	$	241	$	153	$	463	$	17	$	874
Gross charge-offs	(39)		(11)		(103)		—		(153)
Recoveries	—		—		4		1		5
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	(39)		(11)		(99)		1		(148)
Provision (release)	24		(12)		44		(2)		54
Other	1		—		3		(2)		2
Ending balance	$	227	$	130	$	411	$	14	$	782
ACL—Lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	431	$	70	$	26	$	6	$	533
Provision (release)	41		19		9		1		70
Other	(1)		1		—		(1)		(1)
Ending balance	$	471	$	90	$	35	$	6	$	602
Total ending balance	$	698	$	220	$	446	$	20	$	1,384

Institutional Securities HFI Loans—Ratios of Allowance for Credit Losses to Balance Before Allowance

	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Corporate	3.6	%	3.6	%
Secured lending facilities	0.3	%	0.4	%
Commercial real estate	4.7	%	5.3	%
Securities-based lending and Other	0.5	%	0.6	%
Total Institutional Securities loans	1.2	%	1.5	%

34 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

	At September 30, 2024
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		>15		Total
Securities-based lending and Other	$	80,274	$	8,754	$	1,167	$	146	$	90,341
Residential real estate	1		109		1,149		63,653		64,912
Total loans, net of ACL	$	80,275	$	8,863	$	2,316	$	63,799	$	155,253
Lending commitments	16,493		1,517		43		370		18,423
Total exposure	$	96,768	$	10,380	$	2,359	$	64,169	$	173,676

	At December 31, 2023
	Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millions	<1		1-5		5-15		>15		Total
Securities-based lending and Other	$	76,923	$	7,679	$	1,494	$	133	$	86,229
Residential real estate	1		91		1,255		58,950		60,297
Total loans, net of ACL	$	76,924	$	7,770	$	2,749	$	59,083	$	146,526
Lending commitments	16,312		2,937		19		344		19,612
Total exposure	$	93,236	$	10,707	$	2,768	$	59,427	$	166,138

The principal Wealth Management business segment lending activities include Securities-based lending and Residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing, trading or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. Other loans primarily include tailored lending, which typically consist of bespoke lending arrangements provided to ultra-high net worth clients. Securities-based lending and Other loans are generally secured by various types of eligible collateral, including marketable securities, private investments, commercial real estate and other financial assets. For more information about our Securities-based lending and Residential real estate loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Wealth Management Commercial Real Estate Loans and Lending Commitments by Property Type

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Loans1		LC1		Total		Loans1		LC1		Total
Retail	$	2,301	$	—	$	2,301	$	2,180	$	3	$	2,183
Multifamily	1,910		206		2,116		1,891		159		2,050
Office	1,963		1		1,964		1,736		16		1,752
Industrial	461		—		461		454		—		454
Hotel	445		—		445		400		—		400
Other	303		—		303		253		—		253
Total	$	7,383	$	207	$	7,590	$	6,914	$	178	$	7,092

LC–Lending Commitments

1.Amounts include HFI loans and lending commitments. HFI loans are presented net of ACL.

As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, our direct lending against CRE properties totaled $7.6 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively, within the Wealth Management business segment. This represents 4.4% and 4.3%, respectively, of total exposure reflected in the Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments table above, primarily included within Securities-based lending and Other loans. Such loans are originated through our private banking platform, are both

secured and generally benefiting from full or partial guarantees from high or ultra-high net worth clients, which partially reduce associated credit risk. At both September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, greater than 95% of the CRE loans balance in the Wealth Management business segment received guarantees. All of our lending against CRE properties within Wealth Management are in the Americas region.

Wealth Management Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Residential Real Estate		SBL and Other		Total
ACL—Loans
Beginning balance	$	100	$	195	$	295
Gross charge-offs	—		(2)		(2)
Recoveries	—		2		2
Provision (release)	(10)		37		27
Ending balance	$	90	$	232	$	322
ACL—Lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	4	$	14	$	18
Provision (release)	—		(2)		(2)
Other	—		1		1
Ending balance	$	4	$	13	$	17
Total ending balance	$	94	$	245	$	339

As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, more than 75% of Wealth Management residential real estate loans were to borrowers with “Exceptional” or “Very Good” FICO scores (i.e., exceeding 740). Additionally, Wealth Management’s securities-based lending portfolio remains well-collateralized and subject to daily client margining, which includes requiring customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce debt positions, when necessary.

Customer and Other Receivables

Margin Loans and Other Lending

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Institutional Securities	$	27,452	$	24,208
Wealth Management	25,640		21,436
Total	$	53,092	$	45,644

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements that allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities, primarily for the purpose of purchasing additional securities, as well as to collateralize short positions. Institutional Securities primarily includes margin loans in the Equity Financing business. Wealth Management includes margin loans as well as non-purpose securities-based lending on non-bank entities. Amounts may fluctuate from period to period as overall client balances change as a result of market levels, client positioning and leverage.

Credit exposures arising from margin lending activities are generally mitigated by their short-term nature, the value of collateral held and our right to call for additional margin when

September 2024 Form 10-Q 35

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

collateral values decline. However, we could incur losses in the event that the customer fails to meet margin calls and collateral values decline below the loan amount. This risk is elevated in loans backed by collateral pools with significant concentrations in individual issuers or securities with similar risk characteristics. For a further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Employee Loans

For information on employee loans and related ACL, see Note 9 to the financial statements.

Derivatives

Fair Value of OTC Derivative Assets

	Counterparty Credit Rating1
$ in millions	AAA		AA		A		BBB		NIG		Total
At September 30, 2024
Less than 1 year	$	1,462	$	13,704	$	39,171	$	21,069	$	11,888	$	87,294
1-3 years	508		6,727		17,810		10,526		7,122		42,693
3-5 years	771		8,306		9,799		5,527		3,772		28,175
Over 5 years	3,409		29,311		48,555		26,576		6,507		114,358
Total, gross	$	6,150	$	58,048	$	115,335	$	63,698	$	29,289	$	272,520
Counterparty netting	(3,115)		(45,823)		(88,474)		(45,495)		(17,191)		(200,098)
Cash and securities collateral	(2,586)		(9,846)		(23,926)		(12,032)		(5,527)		(53,917)
Total, net	$	449	$	2,379	$	2,935	$	6,171	$	6,571	$	18,505

	Counterparty Credit Rating1
$ in millions	AAA		AA		A		BBB		NIG		Total
At December 31, 2023
Less than 1 year	$	2,013	$	16,885	$	37,517	$	25,529	$	10,084	$	92,028
1-3 years	1,013		7,274		18,451		12,757		7,360		46,855
3-5 years	504		8,897		8,814		5,989		3,825		28,029
Over 5 years	3,955		29,511		50,512		28,003		6,597		118,578
Total, gross	$	7,485	$	62,567	$	115,294	$	72,278	$	27,866	$	285,490
Counterparty netting	(3,691)		(48,821)		(86,826)		(53,178)		(15,888)		(208,404)
Cash and securities collateral	(2,709)		(10,704)		(25,921)		(13,025)		(5,554)		(57,913)
Total, net	$	1,085	$	3,042	$	2,547	$	6,075	$	6,424	$	19,173

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Industry
Financials	$	5,949	$	7,215
Utilities	4,096		4,267
Industrials	1,426		937
Consumer discretionary	921		684
Healthcare	904		468
Communications services	819		841
Regional governments	738		1,319
Information technology	651		677
Energy	596		533
Consumer staples	547		515
Materials	376		383
Real estate	195		167
Sovereign governments	188		262
Not-for-profit organizations	159		166
Insurance	133		156
Other	807		583
Total	$	18,505	$	19,173

1.Counterparty credit ratings are determined internally by the CRM.

We are exposed to credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. For more information on derivatives, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Derivatives” in the 2023 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the financial statements.

36 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Country Risk

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and other market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. For a further discussion of our country risk exposure see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country and Other Risks” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	United Kingdom		France		Japan		Brazil		Spain
Sovereign
Net inventory1	$	178	$	2,706	$	866	$	4,831	$	1,276
Net counterparty exposure2	29		1		9		—		—
Exposure before hedges	207		2,707		875		4,831		1,276
Hedges3	(55)		(102)		(184)		(144)		(8)
Net exposure	$	152	$	2,605	$	691	$	4,687	$	1,268
Non-sovereign
Net inventory1	$	1,047	$	486	$	874	$	113	$	309
Net counterparty exposure2	9,539		3,286		4,067		292		588
Loans	8,426		527		81		93		1,722
Lending commitments	8,891		3,064		200		370		1,625
Exposure before hedges	27,903		7,363		5,222		868		4,244
Hedges3	(1,980)		(1,645)		(229)		(35)		(349)
Net exposure	$	25,923	$	5,718	$	4,993	$	833	$	3,895
Total net exposure	$	26,075	$	8,323	$	5,684	$	5,520	$	5,163

$ in millions	Germany		Australia		Korea		China		India
Sovereign
Net inventory1	$	(3,231)	$	925	$	2,936	$	(234)	$	1,706
Net counterparty exposure2	85		46		281		247		—
Exposure before hedges	(3,146)		971		3,217		13		1,706
Hedges3	(247)		—		(43)		(66)		—
Net exposure	$	(3,393)	$	971	$	3,174	$	(53)	$	1,706
Non-sovereign
Net inventory1	$	392	$	413	$	28	$	2,316	$	697
Net counterparty exposure2	2,953		542		1,083		401		1,128
Loans	1,602		1,955		—		141		28
Lending commitments	5,479		1,571		—		821		—
Exposure before hedges	10,426		4,481		1,111		3,679		1,853
Hedges3	(1,948)		(460)		(35)		(57)		(10)
Net exposure	$	8,478	$	4,021	$	1,076	$	3,622	$	1,843
Total net exposure	$	5,085	$	4,992	$	4,250	$	3,569	$	3,549

1.Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).

2.Net counterparty exposure (e.g., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place. For more information, see “Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” herein.

3.Amounts represent net CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable. For further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Derivatives” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures

Collateral Held Against Net Counterparty Exposure1

$ in millions		At September 30, 2024
Country of Risk	Collateral2
United Kingdom	U.K., U.S., and Italy	$	7,947
Germany	Spain, Italy, and U.S.	5,150
Other	Japan, Italy, and U.S.	14,220

1.The benefit of collateral received is reflected in the Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures at September 30, 2024.

2.Primarily consists of cash and government obligations of the countries listed.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., cyberattacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision-making or damage to our reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions. Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy. For a further discussion about our model risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Model Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For a further discussion about our liquidity risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Liquidity Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 37

Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing, and anti-corruption rules and regulations. For a further discussion about our legal and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Climate Risk

Climate change manifests as physical and transition risks. The physical risks of climate change include harm to people and property arising from acute climate-related events, such as floods, hurricanes, heatwaves, droughts and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as higher global average temperatures, rising sea levels and long-term droughts. The transition risk of climate change include policy, legal, technology and market changes. Examples of these transition risks include changes in consumer behavior and business sentiment, related technologies, shareholder preferences and any additional regulatory and legislative requirements, including increased disclosure or carbon taxes. Climate risk, which is not expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition in the near term, is an overarching risk that can impact other categories of risk. For a further discussion about our climate risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Climate Risk” in the 2023 Form 10-K.

38 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Results of Review of Interim Financial Information

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of September 30, 2024, and the related condensed consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements and statements of changes in total equity for the three-month and nine-month ended periods ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, and the cash flow statements for the nine-month ended periods ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial information”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial information for it to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Firm as of December 31, 2023, and the related consolidated income statement, comprehensive income statement, cash flow statement and statement of changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 22, 2024, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Basis for Review Results

This interim financial information is the responsibility of the Firm’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

November 4, 2024

September 2024 Form 10-Q 39

Table of Contents
Consolidated Income Statement (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
in millions, except per share data	2024		2023		2024		2023
Revenues
Investment banking	$	1,590	$	1,048	$	4,914	$	3,533
Trading	4,002		3,679		12,985		11,958
Investments	315		144		609		384
Commissions and fees	1,294		1,098		3,704		3,427
Asset management	5,747		5,031		16,440		14,576
Other	239		296		827		1,036
Total non-interest revenues	13,187		11,296		39,479		34,914
Interest income1	14,185		12,126		40,644		33,019
Interest expense1	11,989		10,149		34,585		26,686
Net interest	2,196		1,977		6,059		6,333
Net revenues	15,383		13,273		45,538		41,247
Provision for credit losses	79		134		149		529
Non-interest expenses
Compensation and benefits	6,733		5,935		19,889		18,607
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees	1,044		855		2,960		2,611
Information processing and communications	1,042		947		3,029		2,788
Professional services	711		759		2,103		2,236
Occupancy and equipment	473		456		1,378		1,367
Marketing and business development	224		191		686		674
Other	856		851		2,654		2,718
Total non-interest expenses	11,083		9,994		32,699		31,001
Income before provision for income taxes	4,221		3,145		12,690		9,717
Provision for income taxes	995		710		2,885		2,028
Net income	$	3,226	$	2,435	$	9,805	$	7,689
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	38		27		129		119
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	3,188	$	2,408	$	9,676	$	7,570
Preferred stock dividends	160		146		440		423
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders	$	3,028	$	2,262	$	9,236	$	7,147
Earnings per common share
Basic	$	1.91	$	1.39	$	5.79	$	4.37
Diluted	$	1.88	$	1.38	$	5.73	$	4.33
Average common shares outstanding
Basic	1,588		1,624		1,594		1,635
Diluted	1,609		1,643		1,612		1,653

1.Prior period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation. See Note 2 for additional information.

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Net income	$	3,226	$	2,435	$	9,805	$	7,689
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	284		(149)		(31)		(240)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities	723		(366)		900		125
Pension and other	3		(1)		16		(3)
Change in net debt valuation adjustment	(175)		(414)		(463)		(960)
Net change in cash flow hedges	34		(3)		6		(16)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	869	$	(933)	$	428	$	(1,094)
Comprehensive income	$	4,095	$	1,502	$	10,233	$	6,595
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	38		27		129		119
Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests	95		(31)		(7)		(145)
Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	3,962	$	1,506	$	10,111	$	6,621

September 2024 Form 10-Q 40 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents
Consolidated Balance Sheet

$ in millions, except share data	(Unaudited) At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	91,084	$	89,232
Trading assets at fair value ($150,702 and $162,698 were pledged to various parties)	362,298		367,074
Investment securities:
Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost of $100,685 and $92,149)	97,828		88,113
Held-to-maturity (fair value of $54,894 and $57,453)	62,856		66,694
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $— and $7 at fair value)	137,352		110,740
Securities borrowed	132,412		121,091
Customer and other receivables	91,380		80,105
Loans:
Held for investment (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,104 and $1,169)	218,012		203,385
Held for sale	12,862		15,255
Goodwill	16,735		16,707
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $5,299 and $4,847)	6,620		7,055
Other assets	28,588		28,242
Total assets	$	1,258,027	$	1,193,693
Liabilities
Deposits (includes $7,327 and $6,472 at fair value)	$	363,722	$	351,804
Trading liabilities at fair value	152,238		151,513
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $996 and $1,020 at fair value)	58,329		62,651
Securities loaned	17,455		15,057
Other secured financings (includes $14,127 and $9,899 at fair value)	18,143		12,655
Customer and other payables	216,591		208,148
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	28,698		28,151
Borrowings (includes $107,547 and $93,900 at fair value)	298,180		263,732
Total liabilities	1,153,356		1,093,711
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)
Equity
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock	9,750		8,750
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,612,068,430 and 1,626,828,437	20		20
Additional paid-in capital	29,820		29,832
Retained earnings	102,911		97,996
Employee stock trusts	5,095		5,314
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(5,986)		(6,421)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (426,825,549 and 412,065,542 shares)	(32,868)		(31,139)
Common stock issued to employee stock trusts	(5,095)		(5,314)
Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity	103,647		99,038
Noncontrolling interests	1,024		944
Total equity	104,671		99,982
Total liabilities and equity	$	1,258,027	$	1,193,693

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 41 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity (Unaudited)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Preferred Stock
Beginning balance	$	8,750	$	8,750	$	8,750	$	8,750
Issuance of preferred stock	1,000		—		1,000		—
Ending balance	9,750		8,750		9,750		8,750
Common Stock
Beginning and ending balance	20		20		20		20
Additional Paid-in Capital
Beginning balance	29,459		29,245		29,832		29,339
Share-based award activity	366		350		(7)		256
Issuance of preferred stock	(5)		—		(5)		—
Ending balance	29,820		29,595		29,820		29,595
Retained Earnings
Beginning balance	101,374		97,151		97,996		94,862
Cumulative adjustment related to the adoption of an accounting standard update1	—		—		(60)		—
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	3,188		2,408		9,676		7,570
Preferred stock dividends2	(160)		(146)		(440)		(423)
Common stock dividends2	(1,492)		(1,404)		(4,259)		(4,001)
Other net increases (decreases)	1		(2)		(2)		(1)
Ending balance	102,911		98,007		102,911		98,007
Employee Stock Trusts
Beginning balance	5,110		5,258		5,314		4,881
Share-based award activity	(15)		(14)		(219)		363
Ending balance	5,095		5,244		5,095		5,244
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning balance	(6,760)		(6,300)		(6,421)		(6,253)
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	774		(902)		435		(949)
Ending balance	(5,986)		(7,202)		(5,986)		(7,202)
Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost
Beginning balance	(32,129)		(28,480)		(31,139)		(26,577)
Share-based award activity	74		77		1,629		1,479
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings	(813)		(1,556)		(3,358)		(4,861)
Ending balance	(32,868)		(29,959)		(32,868)		(29,959)
Common Stock Issued to Employee Stock Trusts
Beginning balance	(5,110)		(5,258)		(5,314)		(4,881)
Share-based award activity	15		14		219		(363)
Ending balance	(5,095)		(5,244)		(5,095)		(5,244)
Noncontrolling Interests
Beginning balance	892		975		944		1,090
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	38		27		129		119
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests	95		(31)		(7)		(145)
Other net increases (decreases)	(1)		(24)		(42)		(117)
Ending balance	1,024		947		1,024		947
Total Equity	$	104,671	$	100,158	$	104,671	$	100,158

1.The Firm adopted the Investments - Tax Credit Structures accounting standard update on January 1, 2024. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

2. See Note 16 for information regarding dividends per share for each class of stock.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 42 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	9,805	$	7,689
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Stock-based compensation expense	1,231		1,348
Depreciation and amortization	3,516		2,850
Provision for credit losses	149		529
Other operating adjustments	121		44
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities	12,358		(53,171)
Securities borrowed	(11,321)		12,458
Securities loaned	2,398		(2,615)
Customer and other receivables and other assets	(10,317)		3,884
Customer and other payables and other liabilities	12,556		(15,265)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	(26,612)		12,338
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	(4,322)		14,127
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities	(10,438)		(15,784)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from (payments for):
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software	(2,583)		(2,483)
Changes in loans, net	(13,934)		(4,186)
AFS securities:
Purchases	(27,717)		(9,522)
Proceeds from sales	5,540		5,315
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities	15,616		12,017
HTM securities:
Purchases	(3,523)		—
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities	8,279		4,922
Other investing activities	(988)		(346)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities	(19,310)		5,717
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from (payments for):
Other secured financings	1,384		146
Deposits	11,519		(11,188)
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs	995		—
Proceeds from issuance of Borrowings	80,369		60,916
Payments for:
Borrowings	(54,596)		(48,847)
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings	(3,347)		(4,836)
Cash dividends	(4,553)		(4,286)
Other financing activities	(270)		(325)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	31,501		(8,420)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	99		(1,239)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,852		(19,726)
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period	89,232		128,127
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period	$	91,084	$	108,401
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	34,498	$	30,299
Income taxes, net of refunds	1,449		1,248

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 43 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity securities and other products, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to clients. Other activities include research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions. Wealth Management covers: financial advisor-led brokerage, custody, administrative and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are

generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Basis of Financial Information

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuations of goodwill and intangible assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, deferred tax assets, ACL, and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

The Notes are an integral part of the Firm’s financial statements. The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in these financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.

The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Firm’s financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2023 Form 10-K. Certain footnote disclosures included in the 2023 Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as they are not required for interim reporting under U.S. GAAP. The financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 14). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. For consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as Noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to Noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the income statement. The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to Noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Noncontrolling interests, a component of Total equity, in the balance sheet.

For a discussion of the Firm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries and its involvement with VIEs, see Note 1 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 44

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

For a detailed discussion about the Firm’s significant accounting policies and for further information on accounting updates adopted in the prior year, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

In the first quarter of 2024, the Firm implemented certain presentation changes which resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $1,179 million and $3,204 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. These changes further aligned the accounting treatment between the balance sheet and the related interest income or expense, primarily by offsetting interest income and expense for certain prime brokerage-related customer receivables and payables that are currently accounted for as a single unit of account on the balance sheet. The current and previous presentation of these interest income and interest expense amounts are acceptable and the change does not represent a change in accounting principle. These changes were applied retrospectively to the consolidated income statement in 2023 and accordingly, prior period amounts were adjusted to conform with the current presentation.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2024 there were no significant updates to the Firm’s significant accounting policies, other than for the accounting update adopted.

Accounting Updates Adopted in 2024

Investments - Tax Credit Structures

The Firm adopted the Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures - Tax Credit Structures accounting update on January 1, 2024 using the modified retrospective method. This accounting update permits an election to account for tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, the initial cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received and recognized net in the income statement as a component of provision for income taxes. The update requires a separate accounting policy election to be made for each tax credit program. Additional disclosures are required regarding (i) the nature of our tax equity investments and (ii) the effect of our tax equity investments and related income tax credits on the financial condition and results of operations (see Note 10).

The adoption resulted in a decrease to Retained earnings of $60 million as of January 1, 2024, net of tax, and a corresponding reduction to Other assets.

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Cash and due from banks	$	5,636	$	7,323
Interest bearing deposits with banks	85,448		81,909
Total Cash and cash equivalents	$	91,084	$	89,232
Restricted cash	$	29,352	$	30,571

For additional information on cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

4. Fair Values

Recurring Fair Value Measurements    

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting1		Total
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	59,122	$	49,130	$	—	$	—	$	108,252
Other sovereign government obligations	32,916		13,712		109		—		46,737
State and municipal securities	—		2,658		13		—		2,671
MABS	—		1,434		441		—		1,875
Loans and lending commitments2	—		7,302		1,584		—		8,886
Corporate and other debt	—		37,487		1,726		—		39,213
Corporate equities3,5	106,910		1,284		194		—		108,388
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate	2,904		130,161		447		—		133,512
Credit	—		10,115		389		—		10,504
Foreign exchange	118		81,209		305		—		81,632
Equity	1,869		90,559		682		—		93,110
Commodity and other	1,661		13,239		2,281		—		17,181
Netting1	(5,185)		(253,149)		(770)		(39,608)		(298,712)
Total derivative and other contracts	1,367		72,134		3,334		(39,608)		37,227
Investments4,5	930		962		810		—		2,702
Physical commodities	—		603		—		—		603
Total trading assets4	201,245		186,706		8,211		(39,608)		356,554
Investment securities—AFS	67,986		29,842		—		—		97,828
Total assets at fair value	$	269,231	$	216,548	$	8,211	$	(39,608)	$	454,382

45 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting1		Total
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits	$	—	$	7,326	$	1	$	—	$	7,327
Trading liabilities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	24,264		22		—		—		24,286
Other sovereign government obligations	24,765		4,258		2		—		29,025
Corporate and other debt	—		13,199		43		—		13,242
Corporate equities3	52,315		724		27		—		53,066
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate	2,771		117,046		447		—		120,264
Credit	—		10,683		275		—		10,958
Foreign exchange	287		79,411		210		—		79,908
Equity	2,478		104,267		1,450		—		108,195
Commodity and other	1,705		12,055		1,257		—		15,017
Netting1	(5,185)		(253,149)		(770)		(42,619)		(301,723)
Total derivative and other contracts	2,056		70,313		2,869		(42,619)		32,619
Total trading liabilities	103,400		88,516		2,941		(42,619)		152,238
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	—		543		453		—		996
Other secured financings	—		13,980		147		—		14,127
Borrowings	—		106,076		1,471		—		107,547
Total liabilities at fair value	$	103,400	$	216,441	$	5,013	$	(42,619)	$	282,235

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting1		Total
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	56,459	$	53,741	$	—	$	—	$	110,200
Other sovereign government obligations	22,580		9,946		94		—		32,620
State and municipal securities	—		2,148		34		—		2,182
MABS	—		1,540		489		—		2,029
Loans and lending commitments2	—		6,122		2,066		—		8,188
Corporate and other debt	—		35,833		1,983		—		37,816
Corporate equities3,5	126,772		929		199		—		127,900
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate	7,284		140,139		784		—		148,207
Credit	—		10,244		393		—		10,637
Foreign exchange	12		93,218		20		—		93,250
Equity	2,169		55,319		587		—		58,075
Commodity and other	1,608		11,862		2,811		—		16,281
Netting1	(7,643)		(237,497)		(1,082)		(42,915)		(289,137)
Total derivative and other contracts	3,430		73,285		3,513		(42,915)		37,313
Investments4	781		836		949		—		2,566
Physical commodities	—		736		—		—		736
Total trading assets4	210,022		185,116		9,327		(42,915)		361,550
Investment securities—AFS	57,405		30,708		—		—		88,113
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	—		7		—		—		7
Total assets at fair value	$	267,427	$	215,831	$	9,327	$	(42,915)	$	449,670

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting1		Total
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits	$	—	$	6,439	$	33	$	—	$	6,472
Trading liabilities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	27,708		16		—		—		27,724
Other sovereign government obligations	26,829		3,955		6		—		30,790
Corporate and other debt	—		10,560		9		—		10,569
Corporate equities3	46,809		300		45		—		47,154
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate	8,000		129,983		857		—		138,840
Credit	—		10,795		297		—		11,092
Foreign exchange	96		89,880		385		—		90,361
Equity	2,411		64,794		1,689		—		68,894
Commodity and other	1,642		11,904		1,521		—		15,067
Netting1	(7,643)		(237,497)		(1,082)		(42,757)		(288,979)
Total derivative and other contracts	4,506		69,859		3,667		(42,757)		35,275
Total trading liabilities	105,852		84,690		3,727		(42,757)		151,512
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	—		571		449		—		1,020
Other secured financings	—		9,807		92		—		9,899
Borrowings	—		92,022		1,878		—		93,900
Total liabilities at fair value	$	105,852	$	193,529	$	6,179	$	(42,757)	$	262,803

MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

1.For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 6.

2.For a further breakdown by type, see the following Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

3.For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

4.Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Net Asset Value Measurements” herein.

5.At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Firm's Trading assets included an insignificant amount of equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions that generally prohibit the Firm from selling the security for a period of time as of the measurement date.

Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Commercial Real Estate	$	766	$	422
Residential Real Estate	2,562		2,909
Securities-based lending and Other loans	5,558		4,857
Total	$	8,886	$	8,188

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Customer and other receivables (payables), net	$	2,183	$	1,062

1.These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 46

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K. During the current quarter, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s valuation techniques.

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
Beginning balance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	17
Sales	—		—		—		(10)
Net transfers	—		—		—		(7)
Ending balance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Other sovereign government obligations
Beginning balance	$	74	$	128	$	94	$	169
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	3		—		1		6
Purchases	14		17		48		18
Sales	(27)		(30)		(74)		(112)
Net transfers	45		(21)		40		13
Ending balance	$	109	$	94	$	109	$	94
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(2)	$	1	$	(2)	$	1
State and municipal securities
Beginning balance	$	—	$	40	$	34	$	145
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	—		(3)		—		(2)
Purchases	—		147		—		255
Sales	—		(20)		(29)		(218)
Net transfers	13		(52)		8		(68)
Ending balance	$	13	$	112	$	13	$	112
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	—	$	(3)	$	—	$	(3)
MABS
Beginning balance	$	423	$	486	$	489	$	416
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	10		(1)		27		13
Purchases	43		88		140		149
Sales	(58)		(33)		(243)		(79)
Settlements	—		—		—		50
Net transfers	23		(4)		28		(13)
Ending balance	$	441	$	536	$	441	$	536
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	15	$	4	$	9	$	5
Loans and lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	2,176	$	2,400	$	2,066	$	2,017
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	29		(6)		19		(91)
Purchases and originations	130		997		681		1,569
Sales	(648)		(539)		(917)		(686)
Settlements	(4)		(666)		(174)		(717)
Net transfers	(99)		(147)		(91)		(53)
Ending balance	$	1,584	$	2,039	$	1,584	$	2,039
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(1)	$	(6)	$	(2)	$	(91)

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Corporate and other debt
Beginning balance	$	1,925	$	2,223	$	1,983	$	2,096
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	9		108		44		231
Purchases and originations	423		346		834		561
Sales	(496)		(465)		(980)		(618)
Settlements	(73)		(6)		(85)		(6)
Net transfers	(62)		257		(70)		199
Ending balance	$	1,726	$	2,463	$	1,726	$	2,463
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	6	$	113	$	101	$	239
Corporate equities
Beginning balance	$	217	$	166	$	199	$	116
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	(24)		(29)		(93)		(64)
Purchases	26		32		65		101
Sales	(29)		(34)		(58)		(38)
Net transfers	4		60		81		80
Ending balance	$	194	$	195	$	194	$	195
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(11)	$	(25)	$	(17)	$	(36)
Investments
Beginning balance	$	843	$	968	$	949	$	923
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	53		17		63		24
Purchases	18		6		42		153
Sales	(101)		(76)		(241)		(183)
Net transfers	(3)		19		(3)		17
Ending balance	$	810	$	934	$	810	$	934
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	24	$	19	$	6	$	17
Investment securities—AFS
Beginning balance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	35
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	—		(5)		—		(4)
Net transfers	—		40		—		4
Ending balance	$	—	$	35	$	—	$	35
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	—	$	(5)	$	—	$	(4)
Net derivatives: Interest rate
Beginning balance	$	262	$	49	$	(73)	$	(151)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	(120)		49		(103)		(318)
Purchases	20		26		27		57
Issuances	(6)		(7)		(14)		(63)
Settlements	(77)		(110)		(18)		329
Net transfers	(79)		(256)		181		(103)
Ending balance	$	—	$	(249)	$	—	$	(249)
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(114)	$	7	$	(65)	$	(94)

47 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Net derivatives: Credit
Beginning balance	$	124	$	96	$	96	$	110
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	108		9		(42)		(12)
Settlements	(116)		(7)		39		(7)
Net transfers	(2)		(8)		21		(1)
Ending balance	$	114	$	90	$	114	$	90
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	108	$	8	$	(21)	$	4
Net derivatives: Foreign exchange
Beginning balance	$	(118)	$	28	$	(365)	$	66
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	51		(13)		57		(53)
Settlements	117		16		264		(68)
Net transfers	45		(160)		139		(74)
Ending balance	$	95	$	(129)	$	95	$	(129)
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	51	$	(16)	$	61	$	(51)
Net derivatives: Equity
Beginning balance	$	(1,055)	$	(775)	$	(1,102)	$	(736)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	(123)		195		125		192
Purchases	54		38		186		157
Issuances	(161)		(166)		(473)		(492)
Settlements	265		252		337		229
Net transfers	252		(326)		159		(132)
Ending balance	$	(768)	$	(782)	$	(768)	$	(782)
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(155)	$	160	$	11	$	93
Net derivatives: Commodity and other
Beginning balance	$	1,203	$	1,416	$	1,290	$	1,083
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)	223		(7)		789		549
Purchases	70		7		126		70
Issuances	(23)		(9)		(37)		(80)
Settlements	(398)		(92)		(909)		(313)
Net transfers	(51)		(34)		(235)		(28)
Ending balance	$	1,024	$	1,281	$	1,024	$	1,281
Unrealized gains (losses)	$	(58)	$	(142)	$	(48)	$	216
Deposits
Beginning balance	$	34	$	36	$	33	$	20
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)	—		(1)		—		(1)
Purchases	—		6		—		26
Net transfers	(33)		(25)		(32)		(29)
Ending balance	$	1	$	16	$	1	$	16
Unrealized losses (gains)	$	—	$	(1)	$	—	$	(1)
Nonderivative trading liabilities
Beginning balance	$	42	$	89	$	60	$	74
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)	6		(4)		(17)		(12)
Purchases	(44)		(29)		(50)		(49)
Sales	25		23		78		77
Settlements	—		—		(1)		—
Net transfers	43		15		2		4
Ending balance	$	72	$	94	$	72	$	94
Unrealized losses (gains)	$	9	$	(2)	$	(6)	$	(11)

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Beginning balance	$	449	$	454	$	449	$	512
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)	4		4		4		11
Issuances	—		—		—		1
Settlements	—		—		—		(9)
Net transfers	—		—		—		(57)
Ending balance	$	453	$	458	$	453	$	458
Unrealized losses (gains)	$	3	$	4	$	4	$	11
Other secured financings
Beginning balance	$	91	$	90	$	92	$	91
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)	1		(1)		(4)		2
Issuances	57		15		94		59
Settlements	(16)		(6)		(58)		(54)
Net transfers	14		—		23		—
Ending balance	$	147	$	98	$	147	$	98
Unrealized losses (gains)	$	1	$	(1)	$	(4)	$	2
Borrowings
Beginning balance	$	1,976	$	1,787	$	1,878	$	1,587
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)	86		18		90		83
Issuances	95		342		412		626
Settlements	(105)		(182)		(212)		(355)
Net transfers	(581)		(437)		(697)		(413)
Ending balance	$	1,471	$	1,528	$	1,471	$	1,528
Unrealized losses (gains)	$	109	$	18	$	115	$	48
Portion of Unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA	(1)		(4)		—		10

Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains or losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the previous tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

The unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statement.

Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases, and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 48

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Valuation Techniques and Unobservable Inputs

	Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputs	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Other sovereign government obligations	$	109	$	94
Comparable pricing:
Bond price	70 to 100 points (80 points)		61 to 110 points (87 points)
MABS	$	441	$	489
Comparable pricing:
Bond price	1 to 88 points (59 points)		0 to 88 points (61 points)
Loans and lending commitments	$	1,584	$	2,066
Margin loan model:
Margin loan rate	1% to 4% (3%)		2% to 4% (3%)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price	83 to 101 points (97 points)		85 to 102 points (98 points)
Corporate and other debt	$	1,726	$	1,983
Comparable pricing:
Bond price	29 to 128 points (82 points)		28 to 135 points (82 points)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default	54% to 84% (62% / 54%)		54% to 84% (62% / 54%)
Corporate equities	$	194	$	199
Comparable pricing:
Equity price	100%		100%
Investments	$	810	$	949
Discounted cash flow:
WACC	12% to 18% (16%)		16% to 18% (17%)
Exit multiple	9 to 10 times (10 times)		9 to 17 times (15 times)
Market approach:
EBITDA multiple	21 times		22 times
Comparable pricing:
Equity price	24% to 100% (84%)		24% to 100% (86%)
Net derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate	$	0	$	(73)
Option model:
IR volatility skew	66% to 89% (74% / 73%)		70% to 100% (81% / 93%)
IR curve correlation	30% to 99% (83% / 87%)		49% to 99% (77% / 79%)
Bond volatility	77% to 188% (91% / 88%)		79% to 85% (82% / 85%)
Inflation volatility	29% to 69% (44% / 40%)		27% to 70% (43% / 39%)
Credit	$	114	$	96
Credit default swap model:
Cash-synthetic    basis	7 points		7 points
Bond price	0 to 90 points (42 points)		0 to 92 points (46 points)
Credit spread	10 to 366 bps (93 bps)		10 to 404 bps (94 bps)
Funding spread	13 to 590 bps (81 bps)		18 to 590 bps (67 bps)

	Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputs	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Foreign exchange2	$	95	$	(365)
Option model:
IR curve	4% to 12% (8% / 5%)		-4% to 26% (7% / 5%)
Foreign exchange volatility skew	N/M		-3% to 12% (2% / 0%)
Contingency probability	85% to 95% (89% / 95%)		95%
Equity2	$	(768)	$	(1,102)
Option model:
Equity volatility	10% to 95% (24%)		6% to 97% (23%)
Equity volatility skew	-1% to 0% (0%)		-1% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation	18% to 94% (55%)		25% to 97% (49%)
FX correlation	-65% to 50% (-21%)		-79% to 40% (-28%)
IR correlation	-25% to 23% (12%)		10% to 30% (15%)
Commodity and other	$	1,024	$	1,290
Option model:
Forward power price	$0 to $193 ($39) per MWh		$0 to $220 ($49) per MWh
Commodity volatility	7% to 135% (35%)		8% to 123% (31%)
Cross-commodity correlation	54% to 100% (95%)		54% to 100% (94%)
Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	453	$	449
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spread	11 to 127 bps (49 / 32 bps)		28 to 135 bps (79 bps)
Other secured financings	$	147	$	92
Comparable pricing:
Loan price	23 to 101 points (74 points)		22 to 101 points (76 points)
Borrowings	$	1,471	$	1,878
Option model:
Equity volatility	9% to 65% (24%)		6% to 69% (13%)
Equity volatility skew	-3% to 0% (0%)		-2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation	42% to 97% (71%)		41% to 97% (79%)
Equity - FX correlation	-50% to 23% (-18%)		-65% to 40% (-30%)
IR curve correlation	N/M		50% to 89% (71% / 70%)
Credit default swap model:
Credit spread	341 to 519 bps (430 bps)		N/M
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default	54% to 84% (62% / 54%)		54% to 84% (62% / 54%)
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement
Loans	$	5,570	$	4,532
Corporate loan model:
Credit spread	115 to 13,954 bps (1,131 bps)		99 to 1,467 bps (1,015 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price	29 to 100 points (87 points)		25 to 93 points (70 points)
Warehouse model:
Credit spread	122 to 271 bps (186 bps)		115 to 268 bps (185 bps)

Points—Percentage of par

IR—Interest rate

FX—Foreign exchange

1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.

2.Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

49 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The previous table provides information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and the ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory of financial instruments. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. Generally, there are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique.

For a description of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs and qualitative information about the effect of hypothetical changes in the values of those inputs, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

Net Asset Value Measurements

Fund Interests

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Carrying Value		Commitment		Carrying Value		Commitment
Private equity	$	2,612	$	638	$	2,685	$	720
Real estate	3,060		229		2,765		240
Hedge	72		2		74		3
Total	$	5,744	$	869	$	5,524	$	963

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

For a description of the Firm’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which are measured based on NAV, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

See Note 13 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 19 for information regarding unrealized carried interest at risk of reversal.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity

	Carrying Value at September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Private Equity		Real Estate
Less than 5 years	$	1,094	$	1,867
5-10 years	1,421		1,099
Over 10 years	97		94
Total	$	2,612	$	3,060

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

	At September 30, 2024
	Fair Value
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 31		Total
Assets
Loans	$	1,991	$	5,570	$	7,561
Total	$	1,991	$	5,570	$	7,561
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments	$	62	$	60	$	122
Total	$	62	$	60	$	122

	At December 31, 2023
	Fair Value
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 31		Total
Assets
Loans	$	4,215	$	4,532	$	8,747
Other assets—Other investments	—		4		4
Other assets—ROU assets	23		—		23
Total	$	4,238	$	4,536	$	8,774
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments	$	110	$	60	$	170
Total	$	110	$	60	$	170

1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Assets
Loans2	$	(136)	$	(35)	$	(190)	$	(117)
Other assets—Other investments3	—		5		(7)		4
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4	(10)		(2)		(12)		(6)
Other assets—ROU assets5	—		—		—		(10)
Total	$	(146)	$	(32)	$	(209)	$	(129)
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2	$	(2)	$	7	$	8	$	38
Total	$	(2)	$	7	$	8	$	38

1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 50

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments, which exclude the impact of related economic hedges, are calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include impairments as well as write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.

5.Losses related to Other Assets—ROU assets include impairments related to discontinued leased properties.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

	At September 30, 2024
	Carrying Value		Fair Value
$ in millions			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	91,084	$	91,084	$	—	$	—	$	91,084
Investment securities—HTM	62,856		17,292		36,455		1,147		54,894
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	137,352		—		135,629		1,799		137,428
Securities borrowed	132,412		—		132,413		—		132,413
Customer and other receivables	84,207		—		80,049		4,051		84,100
Loans1,2
Held for investment	218,012		—		8,321		205,719		214,040
Held for sale	12,862		—		5,366		7,601		12,967
Other assets	704		—		704		—		704
Financial liabilities
Deposits	$	356,395	$	—	$	356,592	$	—	$	356,592
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	57,333		—		57,336		—		57,336
Securities loaned	17,455		—		17,455		—		17,455
Other secured financings	4,016		—		4,015		—		4,015
Customer and other payables	216,362		—		216,362		—		216,362
Borrowings	190,633		—		193,720		102		193,822
	Commitment Amount
Lending commitments3	$	169,777	$	—	$	1,180	$	1,038	$	2,218

	At December 31, 2023
	Carrying Value		Fair Value
$ in millions			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	89,232	$	89,232	$	—	$	—	$	89,232
Investment securities—HTM	66,694		21,937		34,411		1,105		57,453
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	110,733		—		108,099		2,674		110,773
Securities borrowed	121,091		—		121,091		—		121,091
Customer and other receivables	74,337		—		70,110		4,031		74,141
Loans1,2
Held for investment	203,385		—		20,125		176,291		196,416
Held for sale	15,255		—		8,652		6,672		15,324
Other assets	704		—		704		—		704
Financial liabilities
Deposits	$	345,332	$	—	$	345,391	$	—	$	345,391
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	61,631		—		61,621		—		61,621
Securities loaned	15,057		—		15,055		—		15,055
Other secured financings	2,756		—		2,756		—		2,756
Customer and other payables	208,015		—		208,015		—		208,015
Borrowings	169,832		—		171,009		4		171,013
	Commitment Amount
Lending commitments3	$	149,464	$	—	$	1,338	$	749	$	2,087

1.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

2.Loans amounts have been disaggregated into HFI and HFS for the first time in the fourth quarter of 2023. Prior period amounts have been revised to match the current period presentation.

3.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 13.

The previous tables exclude all non-financial assets and liabilities, such as Goodwill and Intangible assets, and certain financial instruments, such as equity method investments and certain receivables.

5. Fair Value Option

The Firm has elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity	$	53,530	$	46,073
Interest rates	35,239		31,055
Commodities	14,071		12,798
Credit	3,047		2,400
Foreign exchange	1,660		1,574
Total	$	107,547	$	93,900

51 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Net Revenues from Borrowings under the Fair Value Option

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Trading revenues	$	(6,993)	$	3,479	$	(6,158)	$	(1,412)
Interest expense	175		124		474		351
Net revenues1	$	(7,168)	$	3,355	$	(6,632)	$	(1,763)

1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.

Gains (losses) from changes in fair value are recorded in Trading revenues and are mainly attributable to movements in the reference price or index, interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2024				2023
$ in millions	Trading Revenues		OCI		Trading Revenues		OCI
Loans and other receivables1	$	(15)	$	—	$	(8)	$	—
Lending commitments	(3)		—		—		—
Deposits	—		(3)		—		4
Borrowings	(4)		(227)		(6)		(547)

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024				2023
$ in millions	Trading Revenues		OCI		Trading Revenues		OCI
Loans and other receivables1	$	(13)	$	—	$	(112)	$	—
Lending commitments	(4)		—		11		—
Deposits	—		8		—		21
Borrowings	(21)		(617)		(15)		(1,289)

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI	$	(2,775)	$	(2,166)

1.Loans and other receivables-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.

Difference Between Contractual Principal and Fair Value1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Loans and other receivables2	$	10,943	$	11,086
Nonaccrual loans2	8,409		8,566
Borrowings3	1,973		3,030

1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.

2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other receivables relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to transfers of financial assets treated as collateralized financings, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Nonaccrual loans	$	824	$	440
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more days past due	20		75

6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Fair Values of Derivative Contracts

	Assets at September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	3	$	—	$	—	$	3
Foreign exchange	44		3		—		47
Total	47		3		—		50
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	—		33		—		33
Other derivatives
Interest rate	115,855		17,372		282		133,509
Credit	5,026		5,445		—		10,471
Foreign exchange	78,738		2,721		126		81,585
Equity	32,410		—		60,700		93,110
Commodity and other	14,868		2		2,311		17,181
Total	246,897		25,573		63,419		335,889
Total gross derivatives	$	246,944	$	25,576	$	63,419	$	335,939
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting	(177,423)		(22,675)		(60,104)		(260,202)
Cash collateral netting	(36,738)		(1,772)		—		(38,510)
Total in Trading assets	$	32,783	$	1,129	$	3,315	$	37,227
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral	(15,407)		—		—		(15,407)
Net amounts	$	17,376	$	1,129	$	3,315	$	21,820
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable							$	2,592

52 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Liabilities at September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	420	$	—	$	—	$	420
Foreign exchange	71		35		—		106
Total	491		35		—		526
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	53		786		—		839
Other derivatives
Interest rate	104,680		14,939		225		119,844
Credit	5,071		5,048		—		10,119
Foreign exchange	76,813		2,696		293		79,802
Equity	48,782		—		59,413		108,195
Commodity and other	12,475		—		2,542		15,017
Total	247,874		23,469		62,473		333,816
Total gross derivatives	$	248,365	$	23,504	$	62,473	$	334,342
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting	(177,423)		(22,675)		(60,104)		(260,202)
Cash collateral netting	(40,917)		(604)		—		(41,521)
Total in Trading liabilities	$	30,025	$	225	$	2,369	$	32,619
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral	(5,588)		—		(200)		(5,788)
Net amounts	$	24,437	$	225	$	2,169	$	26,831
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable							4,660

	Assets at December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	25	$	—	$	—	$	25
Foreign exchange	5		5		—		10
Total	30		5		—		35
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	2		27		—		29
Other derivatives
Interest rate	127,414		19,914		854		148,182
Credit	5,712		4,896		—		10,608
Foreign exchange	90,654		2,570		16		93,240
Equity	20,338		—		37,737		58,075
Commodity and other	13,928		—		2,353		16,281
Total	258,048		27,407		40,960		326,415
Total gross derivatives	$	258,078	$	27,412	$	40,960	$	326,450
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting	(184,553)		(23,851)		(38,510)		(246,914)
Cash collateral netting	(39,493)		(2,730)		—		(42,223)
Total in Trading assets	$	34,032	$	831	$	2,450	$	37,313
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral	(15,690)		—		—		(15,690)
Net amounts	$	18,342	$	831	$	2,450	$	21,623
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable							$	2,641

	Liabilities at December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	467	$	—	$	—	$	467
Foreign exchange	414		43		—		457
Total	881		43		—		924
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	43		702		—		745
Other derivatives
Interest rate	120,604		17,179		590		138,373
Credit	5,920		4,427		—		10,347
Foreign exchange	87,104		2,694		106		89,904
Equity	31,545		—		37,349		68,894
Commodity and other	12,237		—		2,830		15,067
Total	257,453		25,002		40,875		323,330
Total gross derivatives	$	258,334	$	25,045	$	40,875	$	324,254
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting	(184,553)		(23,851)		(38,510)		(246,914)
Cash collateral netting	(41,082)		(983)		—		(42,065)
Total in Trading liabilities	$	32,699	$	211	$	2,365	$	35,275
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral	(6,864)		(8)		(37)		(6,909)
Net amounts	$	25,835	$	203	$	2,328	$	28,366
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable							$	5,911

1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other netting criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

See Note 4 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.

Notionals of Derivative Contracts

	Assets at September 30, 2024
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange- Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	—	$	129	$	—	$	129
Foreign exchange	11		1		—		12
Total	11		130		—		141
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	—		1		—		1
Other derivatives
Interest rate	4,226		6,682		639		11,547
Credit	242		195		—		437
Foreign exchange	3,594		214		11		3,819
Equity	665		—		614		1,279
Commodity and other	132		3		81		216
Total	8,859		7,095		1,345		17,299
Total gross derivatives	$	8,870	$	7,225	$	1,345	$	17,440

53 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Liabilities at September 30, 2024
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange- Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	2	$	177	$	—	$	179
Foreign exchange	5		3		—		8
Total	7		180		—		187
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	2		22		—		24
Other derivatives
Interest rate	4,222		6,605		533		11,360
Credit	245		181		—		426
Foreign exchange	3,836		218		35		4,089
Equity	714		—		992		1,706
Commodity and other	106		1		94		201
Total	9,125		7,027		1,654		17,806
Total gross derivatives	$	9,132	$	7,207	$	1,654	$	17,993

	Assets at December 31, 2023
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	—	$	92	$	—	$	92
Foreign exchange	1		1		—		2
Total	1		93		—		94
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	—		1		—		1
Other derivatives
Interest rate	4,153		8,357		560		13,070
Credit	214		176		—		390
Foreign exchange	3,378		165		7		3,550
Equity	528		—		440		968
Commodity and other	142		—		65		207
Total	8,415		8,699		1,072		18,186
Total gross derivatives	$	8,416	$	8,792	$	1,072	$	18,280

	Liabilities at December 31, 2023
$ in billions	Bilateral OTC		Cleared OTC		Exchange-Traded		Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate	$	3	$	183	$	—	$	186
Foreign exchange	14		3		—		17
Total	17		186		—		203
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit	2		22		—		24
Other derivatives
Interest rate	4,631		8,197		455		13,283
Credit	229		155		—		384
Foreign exchange	3,496		167		33		3,696
Equity	587		—		712		1,299
Commodity and other	101		—		79		180
Total	9,046		8,541		1,279		18,866
Total gross derivatives	$	9,063	$	8,727	$	1,279	$	19,069

The notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate the Firm’s exposure. In most circumstances, notional amounts are used only as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the

benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.

For a discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income
Interest rate contracts	$	(1,277)	$	259	$	(686)	$	457
Investment Securities—AFS	1,302		(239)		755		(423)
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense
Interest rate contracts	$	5,777	$	(2,742)	$	3,627	$	(2,806)
Deposits	(227)		(15)		(235)		(31)
Borrowings	(5,561)		2,781		(3,403)		2,856
Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI	$	(533)	$	375	$	122	$	381
Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Recognized in Interest income	50		60		140		166
Cash flow hedges—Interest rate contracts1
Recognized in OCI	$	34	$	(12)	$	(26)	$	(30)
Less: Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from AOCI to interest income	(11)		(6)		(34)		(9)
Net change in cash flow hedges included within AOCI	45		(6)		8		(21)

1.For the three months ended September 30, 2024, there were no forecasted transactions that failed to occur. The net gains (losses) associated with cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified from AOCI within 12 months as of September 30, 2024, is approximately $(5) million. The maximum length of time over which forecasted cash flows are hedged is 18 months.

Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items 

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Investment Securities—AFS
Amortized cost basis currently or previously hedged	$	55,000	$	47,179
Basis adjustments included in amortized cost1	$	220	$	(732)
Deposits
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged	$	22,816	$	10,569
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount1	$	204	$	(31)
Borrowings
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged	$	175,810	$	158,659
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges	$	(5,826)	$	(9,219)
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges	$	(654)	$	(671)

1.Hedge accounting basis adjustments are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedges of Loans

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Recognized in Other revenues
Credit contracts1	$	(101)	$	(104)	$	(248)	$	(330)

1.Amounts related to hedges of certain held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 54

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features	$	23,138	$	21,957
Collateral posted	16,361		16,389

The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Incremental Collateral and Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024
One-notch downgrade	$	213
Two-notch downgrade	458
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1	$	543

1.Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., S&P Global Ratings and/or other rating agencies. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold1

	Years to Maturity at September 30, 2024
$ in billions	< 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade	$	18	$	29	$	41	$	15	$	103
Non-investment grade	7		16		17		3		43
Total	$	25	$	45	$	58	$	18	$	146
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade	$	5	$	11	$	11	$	1	$	28
Non-investment grade	9		23		156		66		254
Total	$	14	$	34	$	167	$	67	$	282
Total CDS sold	$	39	$	79	$	225	$	85	$	428
Other credit contracts	—		—		—		3		3
Total credit protection sold	$	39	$	79	$	225	$	88	$	431
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased									$	373

	Years to Maturity at December 31, 2023
$ in billions	< 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade	$	19	$	29	$	39	$	10	$	97
Non-investment grade	7		14		17		1		39
Total	$	26	$	43	$	56	$	11	$	136
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade	$	8	$	19	$	85	$	4	$	116
Non-investment grade	8		14		95		17		134
Total	$	16	$	33	$	180	$	21	$	250
Total CDS sold	$	42	$	76	$	236	$	32	$	386
Other credit contracts	—		—		—		3		3
Total credit protection sold	$	42	$	76	$	236	$	35	$	389
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased									$	330

Fair Value Asset (Liability) of Credit Protection Sold1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Single-name CDS
Investment grade	$	2,122	$	1,904
Non-investment grade	670		399
Total	$	2,792	$	2,303
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade	$	993	$	1,929
Non-investment grade	1,416		45
Total	$	2,409	$	1,974
Total CDS sold	$	5,201	$	4,277
Other credit contracts	133		314
Total credit protection sold	$	5,334	$	4,591

1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the CRM’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

Protection Purchased with CDS

	Notional
$ in billions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Single name	$	173	$	166
Index and basket	252		213
Tranched index and basket	31		30
Total	$	456	$	409

	Fair Value Asset (Liability)
$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Single name	$	(3,222)	$	(2,799)
Index and basket	(1,559)		(1,208)
Tranched index and basket	(1,008)		(1,012)
Total	$	(5,789)	$	(5,019)

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous tables are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further

55 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

information on credit derivatives and other credit contracts, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

7. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Amortized Cost1		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities	$	68,369	$	117	$	500	$	67,986
U.S. agency securities2	24,227		6		2,098		22,135
Agency CMBS	5,828		—		365		5,463
State and municipal securities	1,620		4		13		1,611
FFELP student loan ABS3	641		—		8		633
Total AFS securities	100,685		127		2,984		97,828
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities	18,169		—		877		17,292
U.S. agency securities2	42,067		82		6,992		35,157
Agency CMBS	1,245		—		81		1,164
Non-agency CMBS	1,375		6		100		1,281
Total HTM securities	62,856		88		8,050		54,894
Total investment securities	$	163,541	$	215	$	11,034	$	152,722

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Amortized Cost1		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities	$	58,484	$	24	$	1,103	$	57,405
U.S. agency securities2	25,852		4		2,528		23,328
Agency CMBS	5,871		—		456		5,415
State and municipal securities	1,132		46		5		1,173
FFELP student loan ABS3	810		—		18		792
Total AFS securities	92,149		74		4,110		88,113
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities	23,222		—		1,285		21,937
U.S. agency securities2	40,894		—		7,699		33,195
Agency CMBS	1,337		—		121		1,216
Non-agency CMBS	1,241		2		138		1,105
Total HTM securities	66,694		2		9,243		57,453
Total investment securities	$	158,843	$	76	$	13,353	$	145,566

1.Amounts are net of any ACL.

2.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities, CMOs and agency-issued debt.

3.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.

AFS Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
U.S. Treasury securities
Less than 12 months	$	21,410	$	30	$	14,295	$	22
12 months or longer	23,865		470		33,458		1,081
Total	45,275		500		47,753		1,103
U.S. agency securities
Less than 12 months	638		1		4,297		43
12 months or longer	20,163		2,097		18,459		2,485
Total	20,801		2,098		22,756		2,528
Agency CMBS
Less than 12 months	25		—		—		—
12 months or longer	5,105		365		5,415		456
Total	5,130		365		5,415		456
State and municipal securities
Less than 12 months	620		11		524		3
12 months or longer	36		2		35		2
Total	656		13		559		5
FFELP student loan ABS
Less than 12 months	24		—		56		1
12 months or longer	484		8		616		17
Total	508		8		672		18
Total AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
Less than 12 months	22,717		42		19,172		69
12 months or longer	49,653		2,942		57,983		4,041
Total	$	72,370	$	2,984	$	77,155	$	4,110

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2 in the 2023 Form 10-K and the Firm expects to recover the amortized cost basis of these securities. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.

The HTM securities net carrying amounts at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023 reflect an ACL of $54 million and $44 million, respectively, predominantly related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 in the 2023 Form 10-K for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities.

As of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, 98% of the Firm’s portfolio of HTM securities were investment grade U.S. agency securities, U.S. Treasury securities and Agency CMBS which were on accrual status and for which there is an underlying assumption of zero credit losses. Non-investment grade HTM securities primarily consisted of certain Non-agency CMBS securities, for which the expected credit losses were insignificant and were predominantly on accrual status at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 56

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

See Note 14 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, and FFELP student loan ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Amortized Cost1		Fair Value		Annualized Average Yield2,3
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year	$	18,132	$	17,928	2.0	%
After 1 year through 5 years	44,001		43,834		3.5	%
After 5 years through 10 years	6,236		6,224		4.1	%
Total	68,369		67,986
U.S. agency securities:
Due within 1 year	10		10		0.7	%
After 1 year through 5 years	277		268		1.6	%
After 5 years through 10 years	448		420		1.8	%
After 10 years	23,492		21,437		3.7	%
Total	24,227		22,135
Agency CMBS:
After 1 year through 5 years	3,874		3,740		1.9	%
After 5 years through 10 years	832		797		1.7	%
After 10 years	1,122		926		1.4	%
Total	5,828		5,463
State and municipal securities:
Due within 1 year	861		861		5.1	%
After 1 year through 5 years	305		304		4.6	%
After 5 years through 10 years	95		94		4.7	%
After 10 Years	359		352		4.0	%
Total	1,620		1,611
FFELP student loan ABS:
Due within 1 year	12		12		5.8	%
After 1 year through 5 years	116		113		6.1	%
After 5 years through 10 years	25		24		5.9	%
After 10 years	488		484		6.3	%
Total	641		633
Total AFS securities	$	100,685	$	97,828	3.2	%

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Amortized Cost1		Fair Value		Annualized Average Yield2
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year	$	4,596	$	4,524	1.4	%
After 1 year through 5 years	11,514		11,177		2.2	%
After 5 years through 10 years	503		431		1.1	%
After 10 years	1,556		1,160		2.3	%
Total	18,169		17,292
U.S. agency securities:
After 1 year through 5 years	4		4		1.8	%
After 5 years through 10 years	243		232		2.1	%
After 10 years	41,820		34,921		2.1	%
Total	42,067		35,157
Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year	320		314		1.9	%
After 1 year through 5 years	695		655		1.2	%
After 5 years through 10 years	125		109		1.5	%
After 10 years	105		86		1.5	%
Total	1,245		1,164
Non-agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year	130		108		3.9	%
After 1 year through 5 years	476		464		5.0	%
After 5 years through 10 years	607		548		3.7	%
After 10 years	162		161		5.5	%
Total	1,375		1,281
Total HTM securities	$	62,856	$	54,894	2.1	%
Total investment securities	$	163,541	$	152,722	2.8	%

1.Amounts are net of any ACL.

2.Annualized average yield is computed using the effective yield, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield is shown pre-tax and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives.

3.At September 30, 2024, the annualized average yield, including the interest rate swap accrual of related hedges, was 2.7% for AFS securities contractually maturing within 1 year and 3.9% for all AFS securities.

Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Gross realized gains	$	—	$	15	$	50	$	66
Gross realized (losses)	—		(1)		—		(21)
Total1	$	—	$	14	$	50	$	45

1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statement.

57 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

8. Collateralized Transactions

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Gross Amounts		Amounts Offset		Balance Sheet Net Amounts		Amounts Not Offset1		Net Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	$	356,962	$	(219,610)	$	137,352	$	(135,517)	$	1,835
Securities borrowed	169,645		(37,233)		132,412		(125,108)		7,304
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	277,939	$	(219,610)	$	58,329	$	(53,937)	$	4,392
Securities loaned	54,688		(37,233)		17,455		(17,436)		19
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell									$	1,751
Securities borrowed									2,877
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase									2,865
Securities loaned									1

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Gross Amounts		Amounts Offset		Balance Sheet Net Amounts		Amounts Not Offset1		Net Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	$	300,242	$	(189,502)	$	110,740	$	(108,893)	$	1,847
Securities borrowed	142,453		(21,362)		121,091		(115,969)		5,122
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	252,153	$	(189,502)	$	62,651	$	(58,357)	$	4,294
Securities loaned	36,419		(21,362)		15,057		(15,046)		11
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell									$	1,741
Securities borrowed									607
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase									3,014
Securities loaned									2

1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For further discussion of the Firm’s collateralized transactions, see Notes 2 and 8 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K. For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 6.

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Overnight and Open		Less than 30 Days		30-90 Days		Over 90 Days		Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	125,805	$	92,731	$	26,800	$	32,603	$	277,939
Securities loaned	38,592		—		348		15,748		54,688
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	164,397	$	92,731	$	27,148	$	48,351	$	332,627
Trading liabilities— Obligation to return securities received as collateral	12,702		—		—		—		12,702
Total	$	177,099	$	92,731	$	27,148	$	48,351	$	345,329

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Overnight and Open		Less than 30 Days		30-90 Days		Over 90 Days		Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	80,376	$	114,826	$	25,510	$	31,441	$	252,153
Securities loaned	21,508		1,345		709		12,857		36,419
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	101,884	$	116,171	$	26,219	$	44,298	$	288,572
Trading liabilities— Obligation to return securities received as collateral	13,528		—		—		—		13,528
Total	$	115,412	$	116,171	$	26,219	$	44,298	$	302,100

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
U.S. Treasury and agency securities	$	88,009	$	98,377
Other sovereign government obligations	163,345		122,342
Corporate equities	12,951		18,144
Other	13,634		13,290
Total	$	277,939	$	252,153
Securities loaned
Other sovereign government obligations	$	1,261	$	1,379
Corporate equities	52,311		34,434
Other	1,116		606
Total	$	54,688	$	36,419
Total included in the offsetting disclosure	$	332,627	$	288,572
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral
Corporate equities	$	12,685	$	13,502
Other	17		26
Total	$	12,702	$	13,528
Total	$	345,329	$	302,100

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Trading assets	$	37,782	$	37,522

The Firm pledges certain of its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives and to cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheet.

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Collateral received with right to sell or repledge	$	884,657	$	735,830
Collateral that was sold or repledged1	685,820		553,386

1.Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 58

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge this collateral to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or to deliver to counterparties to cover short positions.

Securities Segregated for Regulatory Purposes

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Segregated securities1	$	24,687	$	20,670

1.Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheet.

Customer Margin and Other Lending

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Margin and other lending	$	53,092	$	45,644

The Firm provides margin lending arrangements that allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Receivables from these arrangements are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet. Under these arrangements, the Firm receives collateral, which includes U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Margin loans are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s margin lending activities, see Note 8 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Also included in the amounts in the previous table is non-purpose securities-based lending on entities in the Wealth Management business segment.

Other Secured Financings

The Firm has additional secured liabilities. For a further discussion of other secured financings, see Note 12. Additionally, for certain secured financing transactions that meet applicable netting criteria, the Firm offset Other secured financing liabilities against financing receivables recorded within Trading assets in the amount of $1,074 million at September 30, 2024 and $3,472 million at December 31, 2023.

9. Loans, Lending Commitments and Related Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans by Type

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	HFI Loans		HFS Loans		Total Loans
Corporate	$	6,304	$	9,094	$	15,398
Secured lending facilities	45,728		3,612		49,340
Commercial real estate	8,688		154		8,842
Residential real estate	65,001		1		65,002
Securities-based lending and Other	93,395		1		93,396
Total loans	219,116		12,862		231,978
ACL	(1,104)				(1,104)
Total loans, net	$	218,012	$	12,862	$	230,874
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net	$	23,319	$	4,037	$	27,356

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	HFI Loans		HFS Loans		Total Loans
Corporate	$	6,758	$	11,862	$	18,620
Secured lending facilities	39,498		3,161		42,659
Commercial real estate	8,678		209		8,887
Residential real estate	60,375		22		60,397
Securities-based lending and Other	89,245		1		89,246
Total loans	204,554		15,255		219,809
ACL	(1,169)				(1,169)
Total loans, net	$	203,385	$	15,255	$	218,640
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net	$	21,152	$	5,043	$	26,195

For additional information on the Firm’s held-for-investment and held-for-sale loan portfolios, see Note 9 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Loans by Interest Rate Type

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Fixed Rate		Floating or Adjustable Rate		Fixed Rate		Floating or Adjustable Rate
Corporate	$	—	$	15,397	$	—	$	18,620
Secured lending facilities	—		49,341		—		42,659
Commercial real estate	141		8,700		141		8,746
Residential real estate	30,492		34,510		28,934		31,464
Securities-based lending and Other	24,764		68,633		23,922		65,323
Total loans, before ACL	$	55,397	$	176,581	$	52,997	$	166,812

See Note 4 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 13 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

59 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality and Origination Year

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
	Corporate
$ in millions	IG		NIG		Total		IG		NIG		Total
Revolving	$	2,083	$	3,953	$	6,036	$	2,350	$	3,863	$	6,213
2024	53		12		65
2023	—		50		50		—		88		88
2022	—		28		28		—		166		166
2021	15		75		90		15		89		104
2020	9		26		35		29		25		54
Prior	—		—		—		—		133		133
Total	$	2,160	$	4,144	$	6,304	$	2,394	$	4,364	$	6,758

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
	Secured Lending Facilities
$ in millions	IG		NIG		Total		IG		NIG		Total
Revolving	$	10,512	$	25,384	$	35,896	$	9,494	$	22,240	$	31,734
2024	818		2,474		3,292
2023	1,423		1,333		2,756		1,535		1,459		2,994
2022	286		2,243		2,529		392		2,390		2,782
2021	—		285		285		—		365		365
2020	—		—		—		—		80		80
Prior	100		870		970		356		1,187		1,543
Total	$	13,139	$	32,589	$	45,728	$	11,777	$	27,721	$	39,498

	At September 30, 2024						At December 31, 2023
	Commercial Real Estate
$ in millions	IG		NIG		Total		IG		NIG		Total
Revolving	$	—	$	176	$	176	$	—	$	170	$	170
2024	112		1,699		1,811
2023	409		810		1,219		261		1,067		1,328
2022	245		1,855		2,100		284		1,900		2,184
2021	145		1,743		1,888		370		1,494		1,864
2020	—		430		430		—		756		756
Prior	—		1,064		1,064		195		2,181		2,376
Total	$	911	$	7,777	$	8,688	$	1,110	$	7,568	$	8,678

	At September 30, 2024
	Residential Real Estate
	by FICO Scores						by LTV Ratio				Total
$ in millions	≥ 740		680-739		≤ 679		≤ 80%		> 80%
Revolving	$	126	$	38	$	5	$	169	$	—	$	169
2024	6,403		1,151		117		6,935		736		7,671
2023	6,946		1,449		210		7,703		902		8,605
2022	10,444		2,346		375		12,125		1,040		13,165
2021	10,646		2,274		233		12,253		900		13,153
2020	6,591		1,363		99		7,640		413		8,053
Prior	10,848		2,932		405		13,161		1,024		14,185
Total	$	52,004	$	11,553	$	1,444	$	59,986	$	5,015	$	65,001

	At December 31, 2023
	Residential Real Estate
	by FICO Scores						by LTV Ratio				Total
$ in millions	≥ 740		680-739		≤ 679		≤ 80%		> 80%
Revolving	$	108	$	33	$	8	$	149	$	—	$	149
2023	7,390		1,517		230		8,168		969		9,137
2022	10,927		2,424		389		12,650		1,090		13,740
2021	11,075		2,376		239		12,763		927		13,690
2020	6,916		1,430		104		8,017		433		8,450
Prior	11,642		3,131		436		14,106		1,103		15,209
Total	$	48,058	$	10,911	$	1,406	$	55,853	$	4,522	$	60,375

	At September 30, 2024
	Securities-based lending1		Other2
$ in millions			IG		NIG		Total
Revolving	$	73,585	$	6,672	$	1,605	$	81,862
2024	1,003		562		361		1,926
2023	962		434		656		2,052
2022	642		463		1,114		2,219
2021	100		103		483		686
2020	39		239		481		759
Prior	231		1,214		2,446		3,891
Total	$	76,562	$	9,687	$	7,146	$	93,395

	At December 31, 2023
	Securities-based lending1		Other2
$ in millions			IG		NIG		Total
Revolving	$	71,474	$	5,230	$	1,362	$	78,066
2023	1,612		627		346		2,585
2022	1,128		816		804		2,748
2021	165		330		377		872
2020	—		435		414		849
Prior	215		2,096		1,814		4,125
Total	$	74,594	$	9,534	$	5,117	$	89,245

IG—Investment Grade

NIG—Non-investment Grade

1. Securities-based loans are subject to collateral maintenance provisions, and at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, these loans are predominantly over-collateralized. For more information on the ACL methodology related to securities-based loans, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

2. Other loans primarily include certain loans originated in the tailored lending business within the Wealth Management business segment, which typically consist of bespoke lending arrangements provided to ultra-high worth net clients. These facilities are generally secured by eligible collateral.

Past Due Loans Held for Investment before Allowance1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Corporate	$	—	$	47
Commercial real estate	182		185
Residential real estate	147		160
Securities-based lending and Other	87		1
Total	$	416	$	393

1.As of September 30, 2024, the majority of the amounts are 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2023, the majority of the amounts are past due for a period of less than 90 days.

Nonaccrual Loans Held for Investment before Allowance1

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Corporate	$	75	$	95
Secured lending facilities	6		87
Commercial real estate	469		426
Residential real estate	119		95
Securities-based lending and Other	267		174
Total	$	936	$	877
Nonaccrual loans without an ACL	$	200	$	86

1.There were no loans held for investment that were 90 days or more past due and still accruing as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. For further information on the Firm’s nonaccrual policy, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K for a description of the ACL calculated under the CECL methodology, including credit quality indicators, used for HFI loans.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 60

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower's financial difficulties, and these modifications include interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, term extensions and other-than-insignificant payment delays or a combination of these aforementioned modifications. Modified loans are typically evaluated individually for allowance for credit losses.

Modified Loans Held for Investment

Period-end loans held for investment modified during the following periods1

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2024				2023
$ in millions	Amortized Cost		% of Total Loans2		Amortized Cost		% of Total Loans2
Term Extension
Corporate	$	30	0.5	%	$	82	1.1	%
Commercial real estate	56		0.6	%	198		2.4	%
Securities-based lending and Other	21		—	%	105		0.1	%
Total Modifications	$	107	—	%	$	385	0.2	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024				2023
$ in millions	Amortized Cost		% of Total Loans2		Amortized Cost		% of Total Loans2
Term Extension
Corporate	$	136	2.2	%	$	114	1.6	%
Commercial real estate	136		1.6	%	219		2.6	%
Residential real estate	—		—	%	1		—	%
Securities-based lending and Other	149		0.2	%	129		0.1	%
Total	$	421	0.2	%	$	463	0.3	%
Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay
Commercial real estate	$	—	—	%	$	40	0.5	%
Residential real estate	1		—	%	—		—	%
Total	$	1	—	%	$	40	0.5	%
Total Modifications	$	422	0.2	%	$	503	0.3	%

1.Lending commitments to borrowers for which the Firm has modified terms of the receivable, during the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, were $212 million and $424 million, as of September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. Lending commitments to borrowers for which the Firm has modified terms of the receivable, during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, were $676 million and $877 million, as of September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

2.Percentage of total loans represents the percentage of modified loans to total loans held for investment by loan type.

Financial Effect of Modifications on Loans Held for Investment

	Three Months Ended September 30, 20241
	Term Extension (Months)	Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay (Months)	Principal Forgiveness ($ millions)		Interest Rate Reduction (%)
Single Modifications
Corporate	11	0	$	—	—	%
Commercial real estate	27	0	—		—	%
Securities-based lending and Other	12	0	—		—	%

	Three Months Ended September 30, 20231
	Term Extension (Months)	Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay (Months)	Principal Forgiveness ($ millions)		Interest Rate Reduction (%)
Single Modifications
Corporate	23	0	$	—	—	%
Commercial real estate	3	0	—		—	%
Securities-based lending and Other	4	0	—		—	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 20241
	Term Extension (Months)	Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay (Months)	Principal Forgiveness ($ millions)		Interest Rate Reduction (%)
Single Modifications
Corporate	23	0	$	—	—	%
Commercial real estate	14	0	—		—	%
Securities-based lending and Other	21	0	—		—	%
Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Interest Rate Reduction
Residential real estate	120	0	$	—	1	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 20231
	Term Extension (Months)	Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay (Months)	Principal Forgiveness ($ millions)		Interest Rate Reduction (%)
Single Modifications
Corporate	21	0	$	—	—	%
Commercial real estate	3	0	—		—	%
Residential real estate	4	0	—		—	%
Securities-based lending and Other	8	0	—		—	%
Multiple Modifications - Term Extension and Other-than-insignificant Payment Delay
Commercial real estate	7	6	$	—	—	%

1.In instances where more than one loan was modified, modification impact is presented on a weighted-average basis.

Past Due Loans Held for Investment Modified in the Last 12 months

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	30-89 Days Past Due		90+ Days Past Due		Total
Commercial real estate	$	—	$	67	$	67
Securities-based lending and Other loans	42		—		42
Total	$	42	$	67	$	109

61 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	At September 30, 2023
$ in millions	30-89 Days Past Due		90+ days Past Due		Total
Commercial real estate	$	21	$	—	$	21
Residential real estate	—		1		1
Total	$	21	$	1	$	22

At September 30, 2024, there was one commercial real estate loan held for investment with an amortized cost of $67 million that defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 that had been modified in the 12 month period prior to default. There were no loans held for investment that defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2023, that had been modified in the 12 month period prior.

Provision for Credit Losses

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Loans	$	18	$	123	$	81	$	462
Lending commitments	61		11		68		67

Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward and Allocation—Loans and Lending Commitments

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Corporate			Secured Lending Facilities			CRE			Residential Real Estate			SBL and Other			Total
ACL—Loans
Beginning balance	$	241		$	153		$	463		$	100		$	212		$	1,169
Gross charge-offs	(39)			(11)			(103)			—			(2)			(155)
Recoveries	—			—			4			—			3			7
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	(39)			(11)			(99)			—			1			(148)
Provision (release)	24			(12)			44			(10)			35			81
Other	1			—			3			—			(2)			2
Ending balance	$	227		$	130		$	411		$	90		$	246		$	1,104
Percent of loans to total loans1	3		%	21		%	4		%	30		%	42		%	100		%
ACL—Lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	431		$	70		$	26		$	4		$	20		$	551
Provision (release)	41			19			9			—			(1)			68
Other	(1)			1			—			—			—			—
Ending balance	$	471		$	90		$	35		$	4		$	19		$	619
Total ending balance	$	698		$	220		$	446		$	94		$	265		$	1,723

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	Corporate			Secured Lending Facilities			CRE			Residential Real Estate			SBL and Other			Total
ACL—Loans
Beginning balance	$	235		$	153		$	275		$	87		$	89		$	839
Gross charge-offs	(30)			—			(108)			—			(3)			(141)
Recoveries	—			—			—			1			—			1
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	(30)			—			(108)			1			(3)			(140)
Provision (release)	44			2			261			22			133			462
Other	(1)			(1)			(2)			—			—			(4)
Ending balance	$	248		$	154		$	426		$	110		$	219		$	1,157
Percent of loans to total loans1	4		%	19		%	4		%	28		%	45		%	100		%
ACL—Lending commitments
Beginning balance	$	411		$	51		$	15		$	4		$	23		$	504
Provision (release)	29			24			12			—			2			67
Other	(1)			—			(1)			—			—			(2)
Ending balance	$	439		$	75		$	26		$	4		$	25		$	569
Total ending balance	$	687		$	229		$	452		$	114		$	244		$	1,726

CRE—Commercial real estate

SBL—Securities-based lending

1.Percent of loans to total loans represents loans held for investment by loan type to total loans held for investment.

The allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments was relatively unchanged for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, reflecting provisions for certain specific commercial real estate and corporate loans and growth across certain loan portfolios, offset by charge-offs and improvements in the macroeconomic outlook. The base scenario used in our ACL models as of September 30, 2024 was generated using a combination of consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models. This scenario assumes modest economic growth in 2024, followed by a gradual improvement in 2025 as well as lower interest rates relative to the prior quarter forecast. The ACL calculation incorporates key macroeconomic variables, including U.S. real GDP growth rate. The significance of key macroeconomic variables on the ACL calculation varies depending on portfolio composition and economic conditions. Other key macroeconomic variables used in the ACL calculation include corporate credit spreads, interest rates and commercial real estate indices. For a further discussion of the Firm’s loans as well as the Firm’s allowance methodology, refer to Notes 2 and 9 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Gross Charge-offs by Origination Year

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Corporate		Secured Lending Facilities		CRE		Residential Real Estate		SBL and Other		Total
Revolving	$	(39)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(39)
2022	—		—		(18)		—		—		(18)
Prior	—		—		(44)		—		—		(44)
Total	$	(39)	$	—	$	(62)	$	—	$	—	$	(101)

September 2024 Form 10-Q 62

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	Corporate		Secured Lending Facilities		CRE		Residential Real Estate		SBL and Other		Total
2020	—		—		—		—		(1)		(1)
2019	—		—		(39)		—		—		(39)
Total	$	—	$	—	$	(39)	$	—	$	(1)	$	(40)

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Corporate		Secured Lending Facilities		CRE		Residential Real Estate		SBL and Other		Total
Revolving	$	(39)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(39)
2022	—		—		(18)		—		—		(18)
2021	—		—		—		—		(2)		(2)
2020	—		(11)		—		—		—		(11)
Prior	—		—		(85)		—		—		(85)
Total	$	(39)	$	(11)	$	(103)	$	—	$	(2)	$	(155)

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	Corporate		Secured Lending Facilities		CRE		Residential Real Estate		SBL and Other		Total
Revolving	$	(30)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(30)
2020	—		—		—		—		(2)		(2)
2019	—		—		(68)		—		(1)		(69)
Prior	—		—		(40)		—		—		(40)
Total	$	(30)	$	—	$	(108)	$	—	$	(3)	$	(141)

Selected Credit Ratios

	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
ACL for loans to total HFI loans	0.5	%	0.6	%
Nonaccrual HFI loans to total HFI loans	0.4	%	0.4	%
ACL for loans to nonaccrual HFI loans	117.9	%	133.3	%

Employee Loans

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Currently employed by the Firm1	$	4,182	$	4,257
No longer employed by the Firm2	86		92
Employee loans	$	4,268	$	4,349
ACL	(109)		(121)
Employee loans, net of ACL	$	4,159	$	4,228
Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years	5.7		5.8

1.These loans are predominantly current.

2.These loans are predominantly past due for a period of 90 days or more.

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management financial advisors, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments, and are due in full upon termination of employment with the Firm. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet. See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K for a description of the CECL allowance methodology, including credit quality indicators, for employee loans.

10. Other Assets

Equity Method Investments

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Investments	$	2,202	$	1,915

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Income (loss)	$	75	$	19	$	185	$	105

Equity method investments, other than investments in certain fund interests, are summarized above and are included in Other assets in the balance sheet with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statement. See “Net Asset Value Measurements—Fund Interests” in Note 4 for the carrying value of certain of the Firm’s fund interests, which are composed of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related carried interest.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Income (loss) from investment in MUMSS	$	52	$	10	$	128	$	102

For more information on MUMSS and other relationships with MUFG, see Note 11 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Tax Equity Investments

The Firm invests in tax equity investment interests which entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and other income tax benefits generated by the projects underlying the investments.

Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm made an election to account for certain renewable energy and other tax equity investments programs using the proportional amortization method under newly adopted accounting guidance.

Tax Equity Investments under the Proportional Amortization Method

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Low-income housing1	$	1,790	$	1,699
Renewable energy and other2	29		—
Total3	$	1,819	$	1,699

1.Amounts include unfunded equity contributions of $620 million and $661 million as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The corresponding liabilities for the commitments to fund these equity contributions are recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses. The majority of these commitments are expected to be funded within 5 years.

2.Prior to adoption of the Investments - Tax Credit Structures accounting update on January 1, 2024, Renewable energy and other investments were accounted for under the equity method.

3.At September 30, 2024, this amount excludes $48 million of tax equity investments within programs for which the Firm elected the proportional amortization method that do not meet the conditions to apply the proportional amortization method, which are accounted for as equity method investments.

63 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Income tax credits and other income tax benefits recognized as well as proportional amortization are included in the Provision for income taxes line in the consolidated income statement and in the Depreciation and amortization line in the consolidated cash flow statement.

Net Benefits Attributable to Tax Equity Investments under the Proportional Amortization Method

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Income tax credits and other income tax benefits	$	74	$	60	$	227	$	184
Proportional amortization	(59)		(49)		(177)		(148)
Net benefits	$	15	$	11	$	50	$	36

11. Deposits

Deposits

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Savings and demand deposits	$	285,849	$	288,252
Time deposits	77,873		63,552
Total	$	363,722	$	351,804
Deposits subject to FDIC insurance	$	290,565	$	276,598
Deposits not subject to FDIC insurance	$	73,157	$	75,206

Time Deposit Maturities

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024
2024	$	10,698
2025	32,435
2026	15,553
2027	9,143
2028	5,830
Thereafter	4,214
Total	$	77,873

12. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Borrowings

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Original maturities of one year or less	$	6,957	$	3,188
Original maturities greater than one year
Senior	$	277,087	$	248,174
Subordinated	14,136		12,370
Total greater than one year	$	291,223	$	260,544
Total	$	298,180	$	263,732
Weighted average stated maturity, in years1	6.5		6.6

1.Only includes borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Other Secured Financings

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Original maturities:
One year or less	$	13,857	$	5,732
Greater than one year	4,286		6,923
Total	$	18,143	$	12,655
Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings	$	9,419	$	5,848

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to collateralized notes, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales and consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 14 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

For transfers of assets that fail to meet accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to record the assets and recognizes the associated liabilities in the balance sheet.

13. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

	Years to Maturity at September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5		Total
Lending:
Corporate	$	17,694	$	41,246	$	63,961	$	4,243	$	127,144
Secured lending facilities	6,642		7,054		5,207		3,445		22,348
Commercial and Residential real estate	262		476		123		390		1,251
Securities-based lending and Other	16,532		2,086		485		455		19,558
Forward-starting secured financing receivables1	140,981		1,041		—		—		142,022
Central counterparty	300		—		—		17,406		17,706
Underwriting	775		—		—		—		775
Investment activities	1,752		90		88		461		2,391
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees	29		16		—		7		52
Total	$	184,967	$	52,009	$	69,864	$	26,407	$	333,247
Lending commitments participated to third parties									$	9,967

1.These amounts primarily include secured financing receivables yet to settle as of September 30, 2024, with settlement generally occurring within three business days. These amounts also include commitments to enter into certain collateralized financing transactions.

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 64

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Guarantees

	At September 30, 2024
	Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Obligations by Years to Maturity								Carrying Amount Asset (Liability)
$ in millions	Less than 1		1-3		3-5		Over 5
Non-credit derivatives1	$	1,383,450	$	786,666	$	178,523	$	488,219	$	(28,344)
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2,3	1,749		1,002		1,097		2,692		9
Liquidity facilities	2,347		—		—		—		2
Whole loan sales guarantees	9		78		—		23,071		—
Securitization representations and warranties4	—		—		—		85,252		—
General partner guarantees	171		32		133		30		(95)
Client clearing guarantees	290		—		—		—		—

1.The carrying amounts of derivative contracts that meet the accounting definition of a guarantee are shown on a gross basis. For further information on derivatives contracts, see Note 6.

2.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.6 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

3.As of September 30, 2024, the carrying amount of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued includes an allowance for credit losses of $58 million.

4.Related to commercial and residential mortgage securitizations.

The Firm has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

For more information on the nature of the obligations and related business activities for our guarantees, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange and clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described in Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including

any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a wholly owned finance subsidiary. No other subsidiary of the Parent Company guarantees these securities.

Contingencies

Legal

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the third-party entities that are, or would otherwise be, the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt, in financial distress, or may not honor applicable indemnification obligations. These actions have included, but are not limited to, antitrust claims, claims under various false claims act statutes, and matters arising from our wealth management businesses, sales and trading businesses, and our activities in the capital markets.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental or other regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales, trading, financing, prime brokerage, market-making activities, investment banking advisory services, capital markets activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, wealth and investment management services, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, disgorgement, restitution, forfeiture, injunctions, limitations on our ability to conduct certain business, or other relief.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss or the range of loss, the Firm accrues an estimated loss by a charge to income, including with respect to certain of the individual proceedings or investigations described below.

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Legal expenses	$	24	$	18	$	10	$	214

65 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The Firm’s legal expenses can, and may in the future, fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government or regulatory agency investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many legal proceedings and investigations, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where the Firm has determined that a loss is probable or reasonably possible or an exposure to loss or range of loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, the Firm may be unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss or range of loss. It is particularly difficult to determine if a loss is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, forfeiture, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved in an investigation or proceeding before a determination can be made that a loss or additional loss (or range of loss or range of additional loss) is probable or reasonably possible, or to estimate the amount of loss, including through potentially lengthy discovery or determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification, the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

The Firm has identified below any individual proceedings or investigations where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible. In certain legal proceedings in which the Firm has determined that a material loss is reasonably possible, the Firm is unable to reasonably estimate the loss or range of loss. There are other matters in which the Firm has determined a loss or range of loss to be reasonably possible, but the Firm does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations may significantly impact the Firm’s business or results of operations for any particular reporting period, or cause significant reputational harm.

While the Firm has identified below certain proceedings or investigations that the Firm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or those where potential losses have not yet been determined to be probable or reasonably possible.

Antitrust Related Matters

The Firm and other financial institutions are responding to a number of governmental investigations and civil litigation matters related to allegations of anticompetitive conduct in various aspects of the financial services industry, including the matters described below.

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styled In Re: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rate swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rate swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of three operators of swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, among other relief, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints. On December 15, 2023, the court denied the class plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On December 29, 2023, the class plaintiffs petitioned the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit for leave to appeal that decision. On February 28, 2024, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the class claims. On July 11, 2024, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement.

In August of 2017, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System et al. v. Bank of America Corporation et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and New York state law in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for securities lending. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of borrowers and lenders who entered into stock loan transactions with the defendants. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 27, 2018, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was referred by the District Court to a magistrate judge who, on June 30, 2022, issued a report and recommendation that the District Court certify a class. On May 20, 2023, the Firm reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation. On September 11, 2024, the court granted final approval of the settlement.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 66

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The Firm is a defendant in three antitrust class action complaints which have been consolidated into one proceeding in the United States District Court for the SDNY under the caption City of Philadelphia, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, along with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and relevant state laws in connection with alleged efforts to artificially inflate interest rates for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (“VRDO”). Plaintiffs seek, among other relief, treble damages. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a class of municipal issuers of VRDO for which defendants served as remarketing agent. On November 2, 2020, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint, dismissing state law claims, but denying dismissal of the U.S. antitrust claims. On September 21, 2023, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On October 5, 2023, defendants petitioned the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit for leave to appeal that decision, which was granted on February 5, 2024.

European Matters

Tax

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is challenging in the Dutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $138 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2012. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and to keep adequate books and records. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On May 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority's appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318 and Case number 18/00319. On January 19, 2024, the Dutch High Court granted the Firm’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 20/01884 and referred the case to the Court of Appeal in The Hague.

On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in connection with an investigation of the Firm related to the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns for 2007 to 2012. The Dutch criminal authorities have requested additional information, and the Firm is continuing to respond to them in connection with their ongoing investigation.

Danish Underwriting Matter

On October 5, 2017, various institutional investors filed a claim against the Firm and another bank in a matter now styled Case number B-803-18 (previously BS 99-6998/2017), in the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark concerning their roles as underwriters of the initial public offering (“IPO”) in March 2014 of the Danish company OW Bunker A/S. The claim seeks damages of approximately DKK529 million (approximately $79 million) plus interest in respect of alleged losses arising from investing in shares in OW Bunker, which entered into bankruptcy in November 2014. Separately, on November 29, 2017, another group of institutional investors joined the Firm and another bank as defendants to pending proceedings in the High Court of Eastern Denmark against various other parties involved in the IPO in a matter styled Case number B-2073-16. The claim brought against the Firm and the other bank has been given its own Case number B-2564-17. The investors claim damages of approximately DKK767 million (approximately $115 million) plus interest from the Firm and the other bank on a joint and several basis with the defendants to these proceedings. Both claims are based on alleged prospectus liability; the second claim also alleges professional liability of banks acting as financial intermediaries. On June 8, 2018, the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark ordered that the matters now styled Case number B-803-18, Case number B-2073-16, and Case number B-2564-17 (“the Cases”) be heard together before the High Court of Eastern Denmark. On July 1, 2024, defendants reached a conditional settlement agreement with the plaintiffs in the Cases. A conditional settlement agreement was reached in an additional related claim to which the Firm is not a party but which formed part of the complex of cases proceeding before the High Court of Eastern Denmark in connection with the bankruptcy of OW Bunker (Case number B-407-17). The conditional settlement agreements were conditioned upon approval of the settlement of Case number B-407-17 by the 14th Division of the Danish Court of Appeal Eastern Division. Approval was granted on August 26, 2024, and the settlement agreements are now final.

U.K. Government Bond Matter

The Firm is engaging with the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority in connection with its investigation of suspected anti-competitive arrangements in the financial services sector, specifically regarding the Firm's activities concerning certain liquid fixed income products between 2009 and 2012. On May 24, 2023, the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority issued a Statement of Objections setting out its provisional findings that the Firm had breached U.K. competition law by sharing competitively sensitive information in connection with gilts and gilt asset swaps between 2009 and 2012. The Firm is contesting the provisional findings. Separately, on June 16, 2023, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System v. Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft,

67 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

et al., alleging, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws in connection with their alleged effort to fix prices of gilts traded in the United States between 2009 and 2013. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 28, 2023, the defendants filed a joint motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 16, 2024, the joint motion to dismiss was granted, and the complaint was dismissed without prejudice. On October 15, 2024, the Firm reached an agreement in principle to settle the U.S. litigation.

Other

On August 13, 2021, the plaintiff in Camelot Event Driven Fund, a Series of Frank Funds Trust v. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, et al. filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”) a purported class action complaint alleging violations of the federal securities laws against ViacomCBS (“Viacom”), certain of its officers and directors, and the underwriters, including the Firm, of two March 2021 Viacom offerings: a $1.7 billion Viacom Class B Common Stock offering and a $1 billion offering of 5.75% Series A Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Offerings”). The complaint alleges, inter alia, that the Viacom offering documents for both issuances contained material misrepresentations and omissions because they did not disclose that certain of the underwriters, including the Firm, had prime brokerage relationships and/or served as counterparties to certain derivative transactions with Archegos Capital Management LP (“Archegos”), a fund with significant exposure to Viacom securities across multiple prime brokers. The complaint, which seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, alleges that the offering documents contained material misrepresentations and did not adequately disclose the risks associated with Archegos’s concentrated Viacom positions at the various prime brokers, including that the unwind of those positions could have a deleterious impact on the stock price of Viacom. On November 5, 2021, the complaint was amended to add allegations that defendants failed to disclose that certain underwriters, including the Firm, had intended to unwind Archegos’s Viacom positions while simultaneously distributing the Offerings. On February 6, 2023, the court issued a decision denying the motions to dismiss as to the Firm and the other underwriters, but granted the motion to dismiss as to Viacom and the Viacom individual defendants. On February 15, 2023, the underwriters, including the Firm, filed their notices of appeal of the denial of their motions to dismiss. On March 10, 2023, the plaintiff appealed the dismissal of Viacom and the individual Viacom defendants. On April 4, 2024, the Appellate Division upheld the lower court’s decision as to the Firm and other underwriter defendants that had prime brokerage relationships and/or served as counterparties to certain derivative transactions with Archegos, dismissed the remaining underwriters, and upheld the dismissal of Viacom and its officers and directors. On July 25, 2024, the Appellate

Division denied the plaintiff’s and the Firm’s respective motions for leave to reargue or appeal the April 4, 2024 decision. On January 4, 2024, the court granted the plaintiff’s motion for class certification. On February 14, 2024, the defendants filed their notice of appeal of the court’s grant of class certification.

On May 17, 2013, the plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to the plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to the plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 15, 2022, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment on all remaining claims. On March 1, 2023, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion for summary judgment, narrowing the alleged misrepresentations at issue in the case. On March 26, 2024, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s summary judgment order. On August 27, 2024, the plaintiff notified the court that in light of the court’s rulings to exclude certain evidence at trial, the plaintiff could not prove its claims at trial, and requested that the court dismiss the case, subject to its right to appeal the evidentiary rulings. On August 28, 2024, the court dismissed the case, and judgment was entered in the Firm’s favor. The plaintiff has filed notices of appeal.

The Firm has been named in three putative class actions regarding cash sweep programs for retail clients. On February 1, 2024, E*TRADE Securities LLC (“E*TRADE Securities”) and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”) were named in Burmin, et al. v. E*TRADE Securities LLC, et al., filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that, from February 2018 to present, E*TRADE Securities (and post-merger MSSB) breached customer agreements by failing to pay a reasonable rate of interest to Individual Retirement Account holders on cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program. A motion to dismiss is pending. On June 14, 2024, MSSB and other Firm entities were named in Estate of Sherlip, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. (“Sherlip”) and, on October 11, 2024, were named in Safron Capital Corp., et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. (“Safron”). On October 9, 2024, plaintiffs in Sherlip

September 2024 Form 10-Q 68

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

amended their complaint. Sherlip and Safron were filed in the United States District Court for the SDNY, alleging that the defendants failed to pay a reasonable rate of interest to account holders on cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program. Plaintiffs in both cases allege violations of statutory, contractual and common law duties as well as unjust enrichment. The plaintiff in Safron also alleges violation of Section 349 of New York's General Business law and civil violation of the federal Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act. Together, the complaints seek, among other relief, certification of a class of plaintiffs, unspecified compensatory damages, equitable and injunctive relief and treble damages.

The Firm has been engaged with and is responding to requests for information from the Enforcement Division of the SEC regarding advisory account cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program and compliance with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and from a state securities regulator regarding brokerage account cash balances swept to the affiliate bank deposit program.

14. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	VIE Assets		VIE Liabilities		VIE Assets		VIE Liabilities
MABS1	$	759	$	265	$	597	$	256
Investment vehicles2	775		573		753		502
MTOB	681		630		582		520
Other	292		98		378		97
Total	$	2,507	$	1,566	$	2,310	$	1,375

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets and may be in loan or security form. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.Amounts include investment funds and CLOs.

Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	105	$	164
Trading assets at fair value	2,061		1,557
Investment securities	287		492
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	33		67
Customer and other receivables	19		26
Other assets	2		4
Total	$	2,507	$	2,310
Liabilities
Other secured financings	$	1,382	$	1,222
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	119		121
Borrowings	65		32
Total	$	1,566	$	1,375
Noncontrolling interests	$	52	$	54

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Generally, most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not available to the Firm while the related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. However, in certain consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Non-consolidated VIEs

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	MABS1		CDO		MTOB		OSF		Other2
VIE assets (UPB)	$	169,011	$	5,193	$	3,529	$	3,942	$	75,964
Maximum exposure to loss3
Debt and equity interests	$	26,255	$	307	$	—	$	2,441	$	10,822
Derivative and other contracts	—		—		2,347		—		4,899
Commitments, guarantees and other	6,784		—		—		—		173
Total	$	33,039	$	307	$	2,347	$	2,441	$	15,894
Carrying value of variable interests—Assets
Debt and equity interests	$	26,255	$	307	$	—	$	1,952	$	10,791
Derivative and other contracts	—		—		5		—		1,524
Total	$	26,255	$	307	$	5	$	1,952	$	12,315
Additional VIE assets owned4									$	15,894
Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities
Derivative and other contracts	$	—	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	448
Total	$	—	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	448

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	MABS1		CDO		MTOB		OSF		Other2
VIE assets (UPB)	$	144,906	$	1,526	$	3,152	$	3,102	$	50,052
Maximum exposure to loss3
Debt and equity interests	$	21,203	$	52	$	—	$	2,049	$	9,076
Derivative and other contracts	—		—		2,092		—		4,452
Commitments, guarantees and other	3,439		—		—		—		55
Total	$	24,642	$	52	$	2,092	$	2,049	$	13,583
Carrying value of variable interests–Assets
Debt and equity interests	$	21,203	$	52	$	—	$	1,682	$	9,075
Derivative and other contracts	—		—		2		—		1,330
Total	$	21,203	$	52	$	2	$	1,682	$	10,405
Additional VIE assets owned4									$	15,002
Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities
Derivative and other contracts	$	—	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	452

1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets, and may be in loan or security form.

2.Other primarily includes exposures to commercial real estate property and investment funds.

3.Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

4.Additional VIE assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned. These assets are primarily included in Trading assets and Investment securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 4). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.

69 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The previous tables include VIEs sponsored by unrelated parties, as well as VIEs sponsored by the Firm; examples of the Firm’s involvement with these VIEs include its secondary market-making activities and the securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 7).

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities and other credit support, total return swaps and written put options, as well as the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss in the previous tables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.

Detail of Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

	At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	UPB		Debt and Equity Interests		UPB		Debt and Equity Interests
Residential mortgages	$	18,547	$	2,984	$	17,346	$	3,355
Commercial mortgages	77,915		8,937		74,590		8,342
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations	42,255		6,371		42,917		6,675
Other consumer or commercial loans	30,294		7,963		10,053		2,831
Total	$	169,011	$	26,255	$	144,906	$	21,203

Transferred Assets with Continuing Involvement

	At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	RML		CML		U.S. Agency CMO		CLN and Other1
SPE assets (UPB)2,3	$	5,968	$	75,286	$	19,432	$	13,153
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	184	$	542	$	945	$	—
Non-investment grade	134		898		—		55
Total	$	318	$	1,440	$	945	$	55
Interests purchased in the secondary market3
Investment grade	$	81	$	17	$	74	$	—
Non-investment grade	6		21		—		—
Total	$	87	$	38	$	74	$	—
Derivative assets	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,326
Derivative liabilities	—		—		—		374

	At December 31, 2023
$ in millions	RML		CML		U.S. Agency CMO		CLN and Other1
SPE assets (UPB)2,3	$	4,333	$	73,818	$	12,083	$	12,438
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	149	$	653	$	460	$	—
Non-investment grade	83		788		—		69
Total	$	232	$	1,441	$	460	$	69
Interests purchased in the secondary market3
Investment grade	$	20	$	22	$	42	$	—
Non-investment grade	—		16		—		—
Total	$	20	$	38	$	42	$	—
Derivative assets	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,073
Derivative liabilities	—		—		—		426

	Fair Value At September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3		Total
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	1,053	$	—	$	1,053
Non-investment grade	11		73		84
Total	$	1,064	$	73	$	1,137
Interests purchased in the secondary market3
Investment grade	$	169	$	3	$	172
Non-investment grade	17		10		27
Total	$	186	$	13	$	199
Derivative assets	$	1,326	$	—	$	1,326
Derivative liabilities	374		—		374

	Fair Value at December 31, 2023
$ in millions	Level 2		Level 3		Total
Retained interests
Investment grade	$	576	$	—	$	576
Non-investment grade	10		56		66
Total	$	586	$	56	$	642
Interests purchased in the secondary market3
Investment grade	$	77	$	7	$	84
Non-investment grade	12		4		16
Total	$	89	$	11	$	100
Derivative assets	$	1,073	$	—	$	1,073
Derivative liabilities	426		—		426

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

3.Amounts include transactions where the Firm also holds retained interests as part of the transfer.

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statement. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. Certain retained interests are carried at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement. Fair value for these interests is measured using techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Note 2 in the 2023 Form 10-K and Note 4 herein. Further, as

September 2024 Form 10-Q 70

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

permitted by applicable guidance, certain transfers of assets where the Firm’s only continuing involvement is a derivative are only reported in the following Assets Sold with Retained Exposure table.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
New transactions1	$	7,562	$	9,132	$	24,160	$	15,257
Retained interests	850		115		5,041		2,767

1.Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 13).

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Gross cash proceeds from sale of assets1	$	79,720	$	60,766
Fair value
Assets sold	$	81,720	$	62,221
Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheet	2,194		1,546
Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheet	194		93

1.The carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale approximates gross cash proceeds.

The Firm enters into transactions in which it sells securities, primarily equities, and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains exposure to the sold securities.

For a discussion of the Firm’s VIEs, the determination and structure of VIEs and securitization activities, see Note 15 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

15. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework and Requirements

For a discussion of the Firm’s regulatory capital framework, see Note 16 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital and RWA follows.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of

regulatory minimum required ratios plus the Firm’s capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios. At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the differences between the actual and required ratios were lower under the Standardized Approach.

CECL Deferral. Beginning on January 1, 2020, the Firm elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on its risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and are phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts will become fully phased-in beginning on January 1, 2025.

Capital Buffer Requirements

	At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023
	Standardized	Advanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer	—	2.5%
SCB	5.4%	N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge	3.0%	3.0%
CCyB1	0%	0%
Capital buffer requirement	8.4%	5.5%

1.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5%, but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.

The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital the Firm must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Firm’s capital buffer requirement computed under the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) is equal to the sum of the SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB, and the capital buffer requirement computed under the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”) is equal to the sum of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements

	Regulatory Minimum		At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023
			Standardized	Advanced
Required ratios1
CET1 capital ratio	4.5	%	12.9%	10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio	6.0	%	14.4%	11.5%
Total capital ratio	8.0	%	16.4%	13.5%

1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.

71 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

Risk-based capital

	Standardized
$ in millions	At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
Risk-based capital
CET1 capital	$	73,906		$	69,448
Tier 1 capital	83,744			78,183
Total capital	95,301			88,874
Total RWA	490,293			456,053
Risk-based capital ratio
CET1 capital	15.1		%	15.2		%
Tier 1 capital	17.1		%	17.1		%
Total capital	19.4		%	19.5		%
Required ratio1
CET1 capital	12.9		%	12.9		%
Tier 1 capital	14.4		%	14.4		%
Total capital	16.4		%	16.4		%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

Leveraged-based capital

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024			At December 31, 2023
Leveraged-based capital
Adjusted average assets1	$	1,218,361		$	1,159,626
Supplementary leverage exposure2	1,517,290			1,429,552
Leveraged-based capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage	6.9		%	6.7		%
SLR	5.5		%	5.5		%
Required ratio3
Tier 1 leverage	4.0		%	4.0		%
SLR	5.0		%	5.0		%

1.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.

2.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge and SCB requirements do not apply to the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition,

failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, MSBNA and MSPBNA risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules. Beginning on January 1, 2020, MSBNA and MSPBNA elected to defer the effect of the adoption of CECL on risk-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure calculations, over a five-year transition period. The deferral impacts began to phase in at 25% per year from January 1, 2022 and are phased-in at 75% from January 1, 2024. The deferral impacts will become fully phased-in beginning on January 1, 2025.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

	Well-Capitalized Requirement		Required Ratio1		At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions					Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Risk-based capital
CET1 capital	6.5	%	7.0	%	$	24,752	23.0	%	$	21,925	21.7	%
Tier 1 capital	8.0	%	8.5	%	24,752		23.0	%	21,925		21.7	%
Total capital	10.0	%	10.5	%	25,607		23.8	%	22,833		22.6	%
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage	5.0	%	4.0	%	$	24,752	11.3	%	$	21,925	10.6	%
SLR	6.0	%	3.0	%	24,752		8.6	%	21,925		8.2	%

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

	Well-Capitalized Requirement		Required Ratio1		At September 30, 2024				At December 31, 2023
$ in millions					Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Risk-based capital
CET1 capital	6.5	%	7.0	%	$	17,177	27.3	%	$	15,388	25.8	%
Tier 1 capital	8.0	%	8.5	%	17,177		27.3	%	15,388		25.8	%
Total capital	10.0	%	10.5	%	17,496		27.8	%	15,675		26.3	%
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage	5.0	%	4.0	%	$	17,177	8.3	%	$	15,388	7.5	%
SLR	6.0	%	3.0	%	17,177		8.0	%	15,388		7.2	%

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends.

Additionally, MSBNA is conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and is registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. However, as MSBNA is prudentially regulated as a bank, its capital requirements continue to be determined by the OCC.

Other Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Net capital	$	17,160	$	18,121
Excess net capital	12,342		13,676

MS&Co. is registered as a broker-dealer and a futures commission merchant with the SEC and the CFTC,

September 2024 Form 10-Q 72

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

respectively, and is registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 15c3-1, Appendix E, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements and operates with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. As a futures commission merchant and registered swap dealer, MS&Co. is subject to CFTC capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, MS&Co. exceeded its net capital requirement and had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

Certain other subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Such subsidiaries include the following, each of which operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements as of September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, as applicable:

•MSSB,

•MSIP,

•MSESE,

•MSMS,

•MSCS, and

•MSCG

See Note 16 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K for further information.

16. Total Equity

Preferred Stock

	Shares Outstanding			Carrying Value
$ in millions, except per share data	At September 30, 2024	Liquidation Preference per Share		At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Series
A	44,000	$	25,000	$	1,100	$	1,100
C1	519,882	1,000		408		408
E	34,500	25,000		862		862
F	34,000	25,000		850		850
I	40,000	25,000		1,000		1,000
K	40,000	25,000		1,000		1,000
L	20,000	25,000		500		500
M	400,000	1,000		430		430
N	3,000	100,000		300		300
O	52,000	25,000		1,300		1,300
P	40,000	25,000		1,000		1,000
Q	40,000	25,000		1,000		—
Total				$	9,750	$	8,750
Shares authorized						30,000,000

1.Series C preferred stock is held by MUFG.

For a description of Series A through Series P preferred stock, see Note 17 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-

K. The Firm’s preferred stock has a preference over its common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as and is included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 15).

Share Repurchases

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s Share Repurchase Authorization	$	750	$	1,500	$	2,500	$	4,000

On June 28, 2024, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase program of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock, without a set expiration date, beginning in the third quarter of 2024, which will be exercised from time to time as conditions warrant. For more information on share repurchases, see Note 17 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

On July 30, 2024, the Firm issued 40 million depositary shares of Series Q Preferred Stock, for an aggregate price of $1.0 billion. Each depositary share represents a 1/1000th interest in a share of 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series Q, $0.01 par value (“Series Q Preferred Stock”). The Series Q Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Firm’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2029 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of this series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). The Series Q Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Firm’s common stock upon liquidation and qualifies as Tier 1 capital.

Common Shares Outstanding for Basic and Diluted EPS

	Three Months Ended September 30,		Nine Months Ended September 30,
in millions	2024	2023	2024	2023
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic	1,588	1,624	1,594	1,635
Effect of dilutive RSUs and PSUs	21	19	18	18
Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted	1,609	1,643	1,612	1,653
Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)	—	—	—	3

73 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Dividends

$ in millions, except per share data	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024				Three Months Ended September 30, 2023
	Per Share1		Total		Per Share1		Total
Preferred stock series
A	$	400	$	17	$	396	$	17
C	25		13		25		13
E	455		16		445		15
F	439		15		430		15
I	398		16		398		16
K	366		15		366		15
L	305		6		305		6
M2	30		12		29		12
N3	2,215		6		2,226		7
O	266		13		266		14
P	406		17		406		16
Q	345		14		—		—
Total Preferred stock			$	160			$	146
Common stock	$	0.925	$	1,492	$	0.850	$	1,404

$ in millions, except per share data	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024				Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
	Per Share1		Total		Per Share1		Total
Preferred stock series
A	$	1,190	$	52	$	1,116	$	49
C	75		39		75		39
E	1,351		47		1,336		46
F	1,308		44		1,289		44
I	1,195		48		1,195		48
K	1,097		44		1,097		44
L	914		18		914		18
M2	59		24		59		24
N3	6,726		20		6,928		21
O	797		41		797		41
P	1,219		49		1,219		49
Q	345		14		—		—
Total Preferred stock			$	440			$	423
Common stock	$	2.625	$	4,259	$	2.400	$	4,001

1.Common and Preferred Stock dividends are payable quarterly unless otherwise noted.

2.Series M is payable semiannually until September 15, 2026 and thereafter will be payable quarterly.

3. Series N was payable semiannually until March 15, 2023 and thereafter is payable quarterly.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1

$ in millions	CTA		AFS Securities		Pension and Other		DVA		Cash Flow Hedges		Total
June 30, 2024	$	(1,355)	$	(2,917)	$	(582)	$	(1,894)	$	(12)	$	(6,760)
OCI during the period	184		723		3		(170)		34		774
September 30, 2024	$	(1,171)	$	(2,194)	$	(579)	$	(2,064)	$	22	$	(5,986)
June 30, 2023	$	(1,199)	$	(3,701)	$	(510)	$	(873)	$	(17)	$	(6,300)
OCI during the period	(120)		(366)		(1)		(412)		(3)		(902)
September 30, 2023	$	(1,319)	$	(4,067)	$	(511)	$	(1,285)	$	(20)	$	(7,202)
December 31, 2023	$	(1,153)	$	(3,094)	$	(595)	$	(1,595)	$	16	$	(6,421)
OCI during the period	(18)		900		16		(469)		6		435
September 30, 2024	$	(1,171)	$	(2,194)	$	(579)	$	(2,064)	$	22	$	(5,986)
December 31, 2022	$	(1,204)	$	(4,192)	$	(508)	$	(345)	$	(4)	$	(6,253)
OCI during the period	(115)		125		(3)		(940)		(16)		(949)
September 30, 2023	$	(1,319)	$	(4,067)	$	(511)	$	(1,285)	$	(20)	$	(7,202)

1.Amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

Components of Period Changes in OCI

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)		Income Tax Benefit (Provision)		After-tax Gain (Loss)		Non-controlling Interests		Net
CTA
OCI activity	$	124	$	160	$	284	$	100	$	184
Reclassified to earnings	—		—		—		—		—
Net OCI	$	124	$	160	$	284	$	100	$	184
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	947	$	(224)	$	723	$	—	$	723
Reclassified to earnings	—		—		—		—		—
Net OCI	$	947	$	(224)	$	723	$	—	$	723
Pension and other
OCI activity	$	1	$	—	$	1	$	—	$	1
Reclassified to earnings	5		(3)		2		—		2
Net OCI	$	6	$	(3)	$	3	$	—	$	3
Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(234)	$	57	$	(177)	$	(5)	$	(172)
Reclassified to earnings	4		(2)		2		—		2
Net OCI	$	(230)	$	55	$	(175)	$	(5)	$	(170)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
OCI activity	$	33	$	(8)	$	25	$	—	$	25
Reclassified to earnings	11		(2)		9		—		9
Net OCI	$	44	$	(10)	$	34	$	—	$	34

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)		Income Tax Benefit (Provision)		After-tax Gain (Loss)		Non-controlling Interests		Net
CTA
OCI activity	$	(38)	$	(111)	$	(149)	$	(29)	$	(120)
Reclassified to earnings	—		—		—		—		—
Net OCI	$	(38)	$	(111)	$	(149)	$	(29)	$	(120)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	(464)	$	108	$	(356)	$	—	$	(356)
Reclassified to earnings	(14)		4		(10)		—		(10)
Net OCI	$	(478)	$	112	$	(366)	$	—	$	(366)
Pension and other
OCI activity	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Reclassified to earnings	(1)		—		(1)		—		(1)
Net OCI	$	(1)	$	—	$	(1)	$	—	$	(1)
Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(549)	$	130	$	(419)	$	(2)	$	(417)
Reclassified to earnings	6		(1)		5		—		5
Net OCI	$	(543)	$	129	$	(414)	$	(2)	$	(412)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
OCI activity	$	(12)	$	3	$	(9)	$	—	$	(9)
Reclassified to earnings	6		—		6		—		6
Net OCI	$	(6)	$	3	$	(3)	$	—	$	(3)

September 2024 Form 10-Q 74

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)		Income Tax Benefit (Provision)		After-tax Gain (Loss)		Non-controlling Interests		Net
CTA
OCI activity	$	(5)	$	(26)	$	(31)	$	(13)	$	(18)
Reclassified to earnings	—		—		—		—		—
Net OCI	$	(5)	$	(26)	$	(31)	$	(13)	$	(18)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	1,229	$	(291)	$	938	$	—	$	938
Reclassified to earnings	(50)		12		(38)		—		(38)
Net OCI	$	1,179	$	(279)	$	900	$	—	$	900
Pension and other
OCI activity	$	6	$	—	$	6	$	—	$	6
Reclassified to earnings	15		(5)		10		—		10
Net OCI	$	21	$	(5)	$	16	$	—	$	16
Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(630)	$	151	$	(479)	$	6	$	(485)
Reclassified to earnings	21		(5)		16		—		16
Net OCI	$	(609)	$	146	$	(463)	$	6	$	(469)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
OCI activity	$	(26)	$	6	$	(20)	$	—	$	(20)
Reclassified to earnings	34		(8)		26		—		26
Net OCI	$	8	$	(2)	$	6	$	—	$	6

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	Pre-tax Gain (Loss)		Income Tax Benefit (Provision)		After-tax Gain (Loss)		Non-controlling Interests		Net
CTA
OCI activity	$	(136)	$	(104)	$	(240)	$	(125)	$	(115)
Reclassified to earnings	—		—		—		—		—
Net OCI	$	(136)	$	(104)	$	(240)	$	(125)	$	(115)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity	$	208	$	(49)	$	159	$	—	$	159
Reclassified to earnings	(45)		11		(34)		—		(34)
Net OCI	$	163	$	(38)	$	125	$	—	$	125
Pension and other
OCI activity	$	(1)	$	—	$	(1)	$	—	$	(1)
Reclassified to earnings	(2)		—		(2)		—		(2)
Net OCI	$	(3)	$	—	$	(3)	$	—	$	(3)
Change in net DVA
OCI activity	$	(1,283)	$	311	$	(972)	$	(20)	$	(952)
Reclassified to earnings	15		(3)		12		—		12
Net OCI	$	(1,268)	$	308	$	(960)	$	(20)	$	(940)
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge derivatives
OCI activity	$	(30)	$	6	$	(24)	$	—	$	(24)
Reclassified to earnings	9		(1)		8		—		8
Net OCI	$	(21)	$	5	$	(16)	$	—	$	(16)

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents1	$	680	$	930	$	2,316	2,484
Investment securities	1,335		1,019		3,809		2,886
Loans	3,557		3,236		10,345		9,105
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2	3,580		1,977		9,121		5,282
Securities borrowed3	1,384		1,307		4,118		3,848
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities	1,577		1,334		4,490		3,171
Customer receivables and Other1, 4	2,072		2,323		6,445		6,243
Total interest income	$	14,185	$	12,126	$	40,644	$	33,019
Interest expense
Deposits	$	2,751	$	2,271	$	7,777	$	5,793
Borrowings	3,434		2,992		9,985		8,267
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase5	2,994		1,897		8,120		4,567
Securities loaned6	274		208		767		575
Customer payables and Other4, 7	2,536		2,781		7,936		7,484
Total interest expense	$	11,989	$	10,149	$	34,585	$	26,686
Net interest	$	2,196	$	1,977	$	6,059	$	6,333

1.In the fourth quarter of 2023, interest bearing Cash and cash equivalents and related interest were presented separately for the first time. The prior period amounts for Customer receivables and Other have been disaggregated to exclude Cash and cash equivalents to align with the current presentation.

2.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.

3.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

4.Certain prior period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $1,179 million and $3,204 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

5.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

6.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

7.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities lending arrangements.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statement based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

Accrued Interest

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Customer and other receivables	$	5,326	$	4,206
Customer and other payables	5,473		4,360

18. Income Taxes

The Firm is routinely under examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York.

The Firm believes that the resolution of these tax examinations will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a

75 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

material impact in the income statement and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolutions occur.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

19. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		I/E		Total
Investment banking	$	1,463	$	167	$	—	$	(40)	$	1,590
Trading	3,708		300		(24)		18		4,002
Investments	179		13		123		—		315
Commissions and fees1	760		609		—		(75)		1,294
Asset management1,2	167		4,266		1,384		(70)		5,747
Other	99		141		3		(4)		239
Total non-interest revenues	6,376		5,496		1,486		(171)		13,187
Interest income	10,423		4,148		33		(419)		14,185
Interest expense	9,984		2,374		64		(433)		11,989
Net interest	439		1,774		(31)		14		2,196
Net revenues	$	6,815	$	7,270	$	1,455	$	(157)	$	15,383
Provision for credit losses	$	68	$	11	$	—	$	—	$	79
Compensation and benefits	2,271		3,868		594		—		6,733
Non-compensation expenses	2,565		1,331		601		(147)		4,350
Total non-interest expenses	$	4,836	$	5,199	$	1,195	$	(147)	$	11,083
Income before provision for income taxes	$	1,911	$	2,060	$	260	$	(10)	$	4,221
Provision for income taxes	438		492		67		(2)		995
Net income	1,473		1,568		193		(8)		3,226
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	37		—		1		—		38
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	1,436	$	1,568	$	192	$	(8)	$	3,188

	Three Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		I/E		Total
Investment banking	$	938	$	126	$	—	$	(16)	$	1,048
Trading	3,660		(10)		24		5		3,679
Investments	100		22		22		—		144
Commissions and fees1	606		562		—		(70)		1,098
Asset management1,2	150		3,629		1,312		(60)		5,031
Other	164		123		10		(1)		296
Total non-interest revenues	5,618		4,452		1,368		(142)		11,296
Interest income	8,611		3,797		37		(319)		12,126
Interest expense	8,560		1,845		69		(325)		10,149
Net interest	51		1,952		(32)		6		1,977
Net revenues	$	5,669	$	6,404	$	1,336	$	(136)	$	13,273
Provision for credit losses	$	93	$	41	$	—	$	—	$	134
Compensation and benefits	2,057		3,352		526		—		5,935
Non-compensation expenses	2,320		1,302		569		(132)		4,059
Total non-interest expenses	$	4,377	$	4,654	$	1,095	$	(132)	$	9,994
Income before provision for income taxes	$	1,199	$	1,709	$	241	$	(4)	$	3,145
Provision for income taxes	263		389		59		(1)		710
Net income	936		1,320		182		(3)		2,435
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	24		—		3		—		27
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	912	$	1,320	$	179	$	(3)	$	2,408

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		I/E		Total
Investment banking	$	4,529	$	483	$	—	$	(98)	$	4,914
Trading	12,338		638		(34)		43		12,985
Investments	282		56		271		—		609
Commissions and fees1	2,135		1,770		—		(201)		3,704
Asset management1,2	484		12,084		4,072		(200)		16,440
Other	343		483		10		(9)		827
Total non-interest revenues	20,111		15,514		4,319		(465)		39,479
Interest income	29,642		12,147		86		(1,231)		40,644
Interest expense	28,940		6,719		187		(1,261)		34,585
Net interest	702		5,428		(101)		30		6,059
Net revenues	$	20,813	$	20,942	$	4,218	$	(435)	$	45,538
Provision for credit losses	$	124	$	25	$	—	$	—	$	149
Compensation and benefits	6,905		11,257		1,727		—		19,889
Non-compensation expenses	7,476		3,973		1,768		(407)		12,810
Total non-interest expenses	$	14,381	$	15,230	$	3,495	$	(407)	$	32,699
Income before provision for income taxes	$	6,308	$	5,687	$	723	$	(28)	$	12,690
Provision for income taxes	1,406		1,313		172		(6)		2,885
Net income	4,902		4,374		551		(22)		9,805
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	127		—		2		—		129
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	4,775	$	4,374	$	549	$	(22)	$	9,676

September 2024 Form 10-Q 76

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023
$ in millions	IS		WM		IM		I/E		Total
Investment banking	$	3,260	$	339	$	—	$	(66)	$	3,533
Trading	11,511		425		(2)		24		11,958
Investments	151		60		173		—		384
Commissions and fees1	1,925		1,704		—		(202)		3,427
Asset management1,2	448		10,463		3,828		(163)		14,576
Other	669		366		9		(8)		1,036
Total non-interest revenues	17,964		13,357		4,008		(415)		34,914
Interest income3	23,160		11,124		95		(1,360)		33,019
Interest expense3	23,004		4,858		197		(1,373)		26,686
Net interest	156		6,266		(102)		13		6,333
Net revenues	$	18,120	$	19,623	$	3,906	$	(402)	$	41,247
Provision for credit losses	$	379	$	150	$	—	$	—	$	529
Compensation and benefits	6,637		10,332		1,638		—		18,607
Non-compensation expenses	7,036		4,039		1,691		(372)		12,394
Total non-interest expenses	$	13,673	$	14,371	$	3,329	$	(372)	$	31,001
Income before provision for income taxes	$	4,068	$	5,102	$	577	$	(30)	$	9,717
Provision for income taxes	802		1,098		135		(7)		2,028
Net income	3,266		4,004		442		(23)		7,689
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests	117		—		2		—		119
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley	$	3,149	$	4,004	$	440	$	(23)	$	7,570

1.Substantially all revenues are from contracts with customers.

2.Includes certain fees that may relate to services performed in prior periods.

3.Certain prior period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $1,179 million and $3,204 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

For a discussion about the Firm’s business segments, see Note 22 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Detail of Investment Banking Revenues

	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024			2023			2024			2023
Institutional Securities Advisory	$	546		$	449		$	1,599		$	1,542
Institutional Securities Underwriting	917			489			2,930			1,718
Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers	91		%	94		%	90		%	91		%

Trading Revenues by Product Type

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Interest rate	$	1,450	$	1,124	$	4,771	$	3,701
Foreign exchange	352		284		893		672
Equity1	2,100		2,167		6,726		6,782
Commodity and other	451		447		1,528		1,321
Credit	(351)		(343)		(933)		(518)
Total	$	4,002	$	3,679	$	12,985	$	11,958

1.Dividend income is included within equity contracts.

The previous table summarizes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to the Firm’s Trading assets and

liabilities, from derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, included in Trading revenues in the income statement. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Investment Management Investments Revenues—Net Cumulative Unrealized Carried Interest

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing	$	812	$	787

The Firm’s portion of net cumulative performance-based fees in the form of unrealized carried interest, for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation, is at risk of reversing when the returns in certain funds fall below specified performance targets. See Note 13 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Investment Management Asset Management Revenues—Reduction of Fees Due to Fee Waivers

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Fee waivers	$	25	$	27	$	70	$	73

The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Certain Other Fee Waivers

Separately, the Firm’s employees, including its senior officers, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, and the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees.

Other Expenses—Transaction Taxes

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Transaction taxes	$	217	$	222	$	658	$	683

Transaction taxes are composed of securities transaction taxes and stamp duties, which are levied on the sale or purchase of securities listed on recognized stock exchanges in certain markets. These taxes are imposed mainly on trades of equity securities in Asia and EMEA. Similar transaction taxes are

77 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

levied on trades of listed derivative instruments in certain countries.

Net Revenues by Region

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Americas	$	11,557	$	10,268	$	34,392	$	31,453
EMEA	1,828		1,479		5,525		4,716
Asia	1,998		1,526		5,621		5,078
Total	$	15,383	$	13,273	$	45,538	$	41,247

For a discussion about the Firm’s geographic net revenues, see Note 22 to the financial statements in the 2023 Form 10-K.

Revenues Recognized from Prior Services

	Three Months Ended September 30,				Nine Months Ended September 30,
$ in millions	2024		2023		2024		2023
Non-interest revenues	$	566	$	468	$	1,416	$	1,350

The previous table includes revenues from contracts with customers recognized where some or all services were performed in prior periods. These revenues primarily include investment banking advisory fees.

Receivables from Contracts with Customers

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Customer and other receivables	$	2,635	$	2,339

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and the right per the contract to bill the customer.

Assets by Business Segment

$ in millions	At September 30, 2024		At December 31, 2023
Institutional Securities	$	852,035	$	810,506
Wealth Management	388,263		365,168
Investment Management	17,729		18,019
Total1	$	1,258,027	$	1,193,693

1. Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

September 2024 Form 10-Q 78

Table of Contents
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2024						2023
$ in millions	Average Daily Balance		Interest		Annualized Average Rate		Average Daily Balance		Interest		Annualized Average Rate
Interest earning assets
Cash and cash equivalents1:
U.S.	$	39,915	$	405	4.0	%	$	56,844	$	649	4.5	%
Non-U.S.	43,911		275		2.5	%	45,386		281		2.5	%
Investment securities2	$	158,115	1,335		3.4	%	149,855		1,019		2.7	%
Loans2	229,399		3,557		6.2	%	215,797		3,236		5.9	%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:
U.S.	76,150		2,069		10.8	%	39,154		1,152		11.7	%
Non-U.S.	47,101		1,511		12.8	%	56,439		825		5.8	%
Securities borrowed4:
U.S.	109,809		1,289		4.7	%	109,269		1,204		4.4	%
Non-U.S.	18,388		95		2.1	%	17,641		103		2.3	%
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:
U.S.	111,904		1,317		4.7	%	99,865		1,105		4.4	%
Non-U.S.	19,250		260		5.4	%	17,237		229		5.3	%
Customer receivables and Other1,10:
U.S.	55,738		1,506		10.7	%	47,016		1,711		14.4	%
Non-U.S.	15,710		566		14.3	%	14,255		612		17.0	%
Total	$	925,390	$	14,185	6.1	%	$	868,758	$	12,126	5.5	%
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits2	$	350,784	$	2,751	3.1	%	$	341,475	$	2,271	2.6	%
Borrowings2,5	274,562		3,434		5.0	%	250,440		2,992		4.7	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:
U.S.	14,484		1,413		38.8	%	26,790		1,047		15.5	%
Non-U.S.	52,804		1,581		11.9	%	48,171		850		7.0	%
Securities loaned7,8:
U.S.	11,507		34		1.2	%	3,422		20		2.3	%
Non-U.S.	5,837		240		16.4	%	9,732		188		7.7	%
Customer payables and Other9,10:
U.S.	140,966		1,622		4.6	%	130,722		1,824		5.5	%
Non-U.S.	60,460		914		6.0	%	62,004		957		6.1	%
Total	$	911,404	$	11,989	5.2	%	$	872,756	$	10,149	4.6	%
Net interest income and net interest rate spread			$	2,196	0.9	%			$	1,977	0.9	%

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2024						2023
$ in millions	Average Daily Balance		Interest		Annualized Average Rate		Average Daily Balance		Interest		Annualized Average Rate
Interest earning assets
Cash and cash equivalents1:
U.S.	$	45,116	$	1,486	4.4	%	$	57,345	$	1,733	4.0	%
Non-U.S.	43,953		830		2.5	%	50,196		751		2.0	%
Investment securities2	155,737		3,809		3.3	%	154,304		2,886		2.5	%
Loans2	224,134		10,345		6.2	%	215,071		9,105		5.7	%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:
U.S.	62,127		5,259		11.3	%	46,670		3,216		9.2	%
Non-U.S.	48,678		3,862		10.6	%	61,648		2,066		4.5	%
Securities borrowed4:
U.S.	108,510		3,798		4.7	%	118,788		3,568		4.0	%
Non-U.S.	18,817		320		2.3	%	18,496		280		2.0	%
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:
U.S.	106,242		3,783		4.8	%	91,621		2,662		3.9	%
Non-U.S.	14,628		707		6.5	%	11,548		509		5.9	%
Customer receivables and Other1,10:
U.S.	52,726		4,759		12.1	%	45,800		4,554		13.3	%
Non-U.S.	15,791		1,686		14.3	%	14,818		1,689		15.2	%
Total	$	896,459	$	40,644	6.1	%	$	886,305	$	33,019	5.0	%
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits2	$	347,548	$	7,777	3.0	%	$	342,628	$	5,793	2.3	%
Borrowings2,5	261,239		9,985		5.1	%	248,534		8,267		4.4	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,8:
U.S.	19,104		3,928		27.6	%	22,851		2,467		14.4	%
Non-U.S.	55,603		4,192		10.1	%	44,373		2,100		6.3	%
Securities loaned7,8:
U.S.	9,355		75		1.1	%	4,097		50		1.6	%
Non-U.S.	6,889		692		13.5	%	10,000		525		7.0	%
Customer payables and Other9,10:
U.S.	133,046		5,148		5.2	%	135,061		4,934		4.9	%
Non-U.S.	61,571		2,788		6.1	%	64,771		2,550		5.3	%
Total	$	894,355	$	34,585	5.2	%	$	872,315	$	26,686	4.1	%
Net interest income and net interest rate spread			$	6,059	0.9	%			$	6,333	0.9	%

1.In the fourth quarter of 2023, interest bearing Cash and cash equivalents and related interest were presented separately for the first time. The prior period amounts for Customer receivables and Other have been disaggregated to exclude Cash and cash equivalents to align with the current presentation.

2.Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

3.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.

4.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

5.Average daily balance includes borrowings carried at fair value, but for certain borrowings, interest expense is considered part of fair value and is recorded in Trading revenues.

6.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

7.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

8.The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheet and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.

9.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities lending arrangements.

10.Certain prior period amounts have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation. This adjustment resulted in a decrease to both interest income and interest expense of $1,179 million and $3,204 million for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, and no effect on net interest income, with the entire impact to the Firm recorded within the Institutional Securities segment. See Note 2 for additional information.

79 September 2024 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms

2023 Form 10-K	Annual report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the SEC
ABS	Asset-backed securities
ACL	Allowance for credit losses
AFS	Available-for-sale
AML	Anti-money laundering
AOCI	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
AUM	Assets under management or supervision
Balance sheet	Consolidated balance sheet
BHC	Bank holding company
bps	Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%
Cash flow statement	Consolidated cash flow statement
CCAR	Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCyB	Countercyclical capital buffer
CDO	Collateralized debt obligation(s), including Collateralized loan obligation(s)
CDS	Credit default swaps
CECL	Current Expected Credit Losses, as calculated under the Financial Instruments—Credit Losses accounting update
CET1	Common Equity Tier 1
CFTC	U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission
CLN	Credit-linked note(s)
CLO	Collateralized loan obligation(s)
CMBS	Commercial mortgage-backed securities
CMO	Collateralized mortgage obligation(s)
CRE	Commercial real estate
CRM	Credit Risk Management Department
CTA	Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments
DCP	Employee deferred cash-based compensation plans linked to investment performance
DCP investments	Investments associated with certain DCP
DVA	Debt valuation adjustment
EBITDA	Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
EMEA	Europe, Middle East and Africa
EPS	Earnings per common share
FDIC	Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FFELP	Federal Family Education Loan Program
FHC	Financial holding company
FICO	Fair Isaac Corporation
Financial statements	Consolidated financial statements
FVO	Fair value option
G-SIB	Global systemically important bank
HFI	Held-for-investment
HFS	Held-for-sale
HQLA	High-quality liquid assets
HTM	Held-to-maturity
I/E	Intersegment eliminations
IHC	Intermediate holding company
IM	Investment Management
Income statement	Consolidated income statement

IRS	Internal Revenue Service
IS	Institutional Securities
LCR	Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies
LTV	Loan-to-value
M&A	Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction
MSBNA	Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
MS&Co.	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
MSCG	Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
MSCS	Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC
MSEHSE	Morgan Stanley Europe Holdings SE
MSESE	Morgan Stanley Europe SE
MSIP	Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
MSMS	Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.
MSPBNA	Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association
MSSB	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
MUFG	Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.
MUMSS	Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.
MWh	Megawatt hour
N/A	Not Applicable
N/M	Not Meaningful
NAV	Net asset value
Non-GAAP	Non-generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
NSFR	Net stable funding ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies
OCC	Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI	Other comprehensive income (loss)
OTC	Over-the-counter
PSU	Performance-based stock unit
ROE	Return on average common equity
ROTCE	Return on average tangible common equity
ROU	Right-of-use
RSU	Restricted stock unit
RWA	Risk-weighted assets
SCB	Stress capital buffer
SEC	U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
SLR	Supplementary leverage ratio
S&P	Standard & Poor’s
SPE	Special purpose entity
SPOE	Single point of entry
TLAC	Total loss-absorbing capacity
U.K.	United Kingdom
UPB	Unpaid principal balance
U.S.	United States of America
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries	MSBNA and MSPBNA
U.S. GAAP	Accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
VaR	Value-at-Risk
VIE	Variable interest entity
WACC	Implied weighted average cost of capital
WM	Wealth Management

September 2024 Form 10-Q 80

Table of Contents

Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Legal Proceedings

See “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the Financial

Statements for information about our material legal

proceedings.

Risk Factors

For a discussion of the risk factors affecting the Firm, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2023 Form 10-K.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

$ in millions, except per share data	Total Number of Shares Purchased1	Average Price Paid per Share2		Total Shares Purchased as Part of Share Repurchase Authorization3,4	Dollar Value of Remaining Authorized Repurchase
July	1,569,110	$	103.74	1,535,900	$	19,840
August	3,980,363	$	99.26	3,553,100	$	19,489
September	2,501,513	$	99.17	2,415,827	$	19,250
Three Months Ended September 30, 2024	8,050,986	$	100.10	7,504,827

1.Includes 546,159 shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans during the three months ended September 30, 2024.

2.Excludes excise tax of $7 million levied on share repurchases, net of issuances, payable in April 2025.

3.Share purchases under publicly announced authorizations are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

4.The Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase authorization of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock (the “Share Repurchase Authorization”) from time to time as conditions warrant and subject to limitations on distributions from the Federal Reserve. The Share Repurchase Authorization is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Authorization has no set expiration or termination date.

On June 28, 2024, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors reauthorized a multi-year repurchase authorization of up to $20 billion of outstanding common stock, without a

set expiration date, beginning in the third quarter of 2024, which will be exercised from time to time as conditions warrant. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.”

Other Information

None.

Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Description
15	Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated November 4, 2024, concerning unaudited interim financial information.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
101	Interactive Data Files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“Inline XBRL”).
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

MORGAN STANLEY (Registrant)
By:	/s/ SHARON YESHAYA
	Sharon Yeshaya Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
By:	/s/ RAJA J. AKRAM
	Raja J. Akram Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller

Date: November 4, 2024

81 September 2024 Form 10-Q